Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures will make understanding concepts of Two-Dimensional Figures so easy. So following the Go Math HMH 4th Grade Chapter 10 Solution Key is very necessary to get notified of the topics of Two-dimensional shapes. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key has specialized solutions to all the questions that are covered in extra practice FL, Homework Practice FL. So it’ll be easy for you to understand the concepts behind each and every lesson.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Answer Key

The questions asked in Chapter Tests, Practice Tests, Performance Tests, etc. are also covered by the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures PDF. So that you can cross-check Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Solution Key PDF. For more practice questions simply go to the Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Homework Practice FL Page on our site.

Lesson 1: Lines, Rays, and Angles

Lesson 1: Lines, Rays, and Angles

Lesson 2: Classify Triangles by Angles

Lesson 3: Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Lesson 3: Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Lesson 4: Classify Quadrilaterals

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Line Symmetry

Lesson 6: Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Lesson 6: Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Shape Patterns

Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 553

Lines, Rays, and Angles

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 1.
obtuse ∠ABC
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 1
Think: An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 553

Explanation:
An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.

Question 2.
\(\overrightarrow{G H}\)
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 553

Explanation:
GH is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 3.
acute ∠JKL
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 553

Explanation:
Angle JKL is an acute angle that is less than a right angle.

Question 4.
\(\overline{B C}\)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 553

Explanation:
BC is a line that continues without an end in both directions.

Use the figure for 5–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 2

Question 5.
Name a line segment.

Answer:
line segment EF

Explanation:

EF line is a straight path of points that continues without an end in both directions.

Question 6.
Name a right angle.
∠ _____

Answer:
∠EJF

Explanation:
EJF is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 7.
Name an obtuse angle.
obtuse ∠ _____

Answer:
∠CEJ

Explanation:
CEJ is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 8.
Name a ray.

Answer:
Ray JD

Explanation:
JD is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Problem Solving

Use the figure at the right for 9–11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 3

Question 9.
Classify ∠AFD
_________

Answer:
Obtuse Angle

Explanation:
AFD is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 10.
Classify ∠CFE.
_________

Answer:
Right Angle

Explanation:
∠CFE is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 11.
Name two acute angles.
acute ∠ _____ acute ∠ _____

Answer:
∠AFB and ∠DFE

Explanation:
∠AFB and ∠DFE are two acute angles with less than a right angle.

Common Core – New – Page No. 554

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The hands of a clock show the time 12:25.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 4
Which best describes the angle between the hands of the clock?
Options:
a. acute
b. right
c. obtuse
d. straight

Answer:
c. obtuse

Explanation:
The hands of the time 12:25 are forming at greater than a right angle. So, the answer is the Obtuse angle.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 554 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jan’s pencil is 8.5 cm long. Ted’s pencil is longer. Which could be the length of Ted’s pencil?
Options:
a. 0.09 cm
b. 0.8 cm
c. 8.4 cm
d. 9.0 cm

Answer:
d. 9.0 cm

Explanation:
9 ones is greater than 8 ones. So, 9.0 cm > 8.5 cm

Question 4.
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. How much change should she receive?
Options:
a. $1.81
b. $1.89
c. $2.19
d. $2.81

Answer:
a. $1.81

Explanation:
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. To find the change she received, $10 – $8.19 = 1.81

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 554 Q5

Question 6.
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped. How far did Lila jump?
Options:
a. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 11

Answer:
b. 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped.
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) – 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{25}{3}\) – \(\frac{8}{3}\) = \(\frac{7}{3}\) = 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Page No. 557

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 557 Q1
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 557 Q1.1

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 6
_____

Answer:

Obtuse triangle;
Angle B and Angle C are both acute.
Angle A is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle B, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle A is obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 7
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 557
Obtuse triangle;
Angle A and Angle C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle. A triangle with an obtuse angle is called an obtuse triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 8
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 557
Acute triangle;
Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 557 Q5

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 10
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 557
Acute triangle;
Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 11
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 557
Right Triangle;
∠A and ∠C are acute angles.
∠B is Right angle

Explanation:
∠A and ∠C are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠B is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Question 8.
Cross out the figure that does not belong. Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 12
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 557
Explanation:
From the given image, 1, 3, and 4 have two acute angles, and one obtuse angle. 2 have three acute angles.

Page No. 558

Use the Venn diagram for 9–10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 13

Question 9.
Which triangles do NOT have an obtuse angle? Explain.
_______ triangles

Answer:
4 triangles;
Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN, Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP are don’t have an obtuse angle. Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN are acute angles. An acute triangle is a triangle with three acute angles. Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP are right angles. A right triangle is a triangle with one right angle. The sum of the triangle is 180 degrees. A right triangle has 90 degrees. So, the remaining angles must be acute angles.

Question 10.
How many triangles have at least two acute angles? Explain.
_______ triangles

Answer:
4 triangles;
Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN, Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP at least two acute angles. Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN are acute angles. An acute triangle is a triangle with three acute angles. Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP are right angles. A right triangle is a triangle with one right angle and two acute angles.

Question 11.
Use the square shown at the right. Draw a line segment from point M to point P. Name and classify the triangles formed by the line segment.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 557
Angle MNP and Angle MQP

Explanation:
The line segment from M to P forms Angle MNP and Angle MQP.

Question 12.
Write the letter of the triangle under its correct classification.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 15
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 557

Explanation:
Triangle A and triangle B have three acute angles. So, they are acute triangles. Triangle D and triangle F have one obtuse angle. So, they are obtuse triangles.
Triangle C and triangle E have one right angle. So, they are right triangles.

Common Core – New – Page No. 559

Classify Triangles

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 16
Think: Angles A and C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle A and Angle C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 559 Q2

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 559 Q3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 19
_________

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle L and Angle N are both acute.
Angle M is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle LMN, Angle L and Angle N are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle M is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle. A triangle with an obtuse angle is called an obtuse triangle.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point B to point D. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 20
Two _________ triangles
△ _________
△ _________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 559
Two Acute triangles.
△ ABD
△ BCD

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point B to point D, then there are two traingles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABD and △ BCD.

Question 6.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point A to point C. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 21
Two _________ triangles
△ _________
△ _________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 559
Two Acute triangles.
△ ABC
△ ADC

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point A to point C, then there are two traingles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABC and △ ADC.

Common Core – New – Page No. 560

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Stephen drew this triangle. How many obtuse angles does the triangle have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 22
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
a. 0

Explanation:
The given image has three acute angles. So, there are 0 obtuse angles.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 560 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Oliver drew the figure below to show light traveling from the sun to Earth. Name the figure he drew.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 23
Options:
a. segment SE
b. ray SE
c. line SE
d. ray ES

Answer:
b. ray SE

Explanation:
SE is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 560 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 560 Q5

Question 6.
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game. How many points did the team score in 6 games?
Options:
a. 605 points
b. 630 points
c. 900 points
d. 6,030 points

Answer:
b. 630 points

Explanation:
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game.
They score in 6 games = 6 x 105 = 630 points.

Page No. 563

Question 1.
Draw and label \(\overline{Q R} \| \overline{S T}\).
Think: Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 563
\(\overline{Q R} \| \overline{S T}\)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.

Use the figure for 2 and 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 24

Question 2.
Name two line segments that appear to be parallel.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment DF.

Explanation:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment DF are parallel lines. The both lines never intersect and are always the same distance apart.

Question 3.
Name two line segments that appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment BF are perpendicular lines.

Explanation:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment DF are perpendicular lines. Both lines intersect to form four right angles.

Use the figure for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 25

Question 4.
Name a pair of lines that are perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
FJ and HG are perpendicular lines.

Explanation:
FJ and HG lines intersect each other and form four right angles.

Question 5.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be parallel.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
DC and FJ are parallel lines.

Explanation:
DC and FJ are never intersected and are always the same distance apart.

Question 6.
\(\overline{R S} \| \overline{T U}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 559
\(\overline{R S} \| \overline{T U}\)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 563 Q7

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 563 Q8

Question 9.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ JK } \) ⊥ \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ LM } \)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 559
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ JK } \) ⊥ \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ LM } \)

Explanation:
JK and LM are two lines that intersected each other to form right angles.

Question 10.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ ST } \) intersecting \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ UV } \) at point X
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 559

Explanation:
ST and UV are two lines intersecting at point X.

Question 11.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) || \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ FG } \)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 559
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) || \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ FG } \)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.

Use the figure for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 26

Question 12.
Dan says that \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ HL } \) is parallel to \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ IM } \). Is Dan correct? Explain.
_____

Answer:
No; HL and IM are not parallel lines. Parallel lines are always the same distance apart. But from the given image, the H and I may intersect if the line is extended.

Question 13.
Name two intersecting line segments that are not perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
JM and KG are two intersecting line segments and are also not perpendicular.

Page No. 564

Use the house plan at the right for 14–16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 27

Question 14.
What geometric term describes a corner of the living room?
_________

Answer:
The corner of the living room is a vertex. Corners of any shape are vertexes.

Question 15.
Name three parts of the plan that show line segments.
_________

Answer:
Kitchen, Living Room, and Master Bedroom.

Question 16.
Name a pair of line segments that appear to be parallel
_________

Answer:
Two sidelines of Living Room are parallel.
Two sidelines of Master Bedroom are parallel.

Use the map at the right for 17–19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 28

Question 17.
Name a street that appears to be parallel to S 17th Street.
_________

Answer:
S 18th Street

Explanation:
S 18th Street is parallel to S 17th Street. They never meet each other and are always the same distance apart.

Question 18.
Use Diagrams Name a street that appears to be parallel to Vernon Street.
_________

Answer:
Perry Street

Explanation:
Perry Street is parallel to Vernon Street. They never meet each other and are always the same distance apart.

Question 19.
Name a street that appears to be perpendicular to S 19th Street.
_________

Answer:
Austin Street

Explanation:
Austin Street is perpendicular to S 19th Street. They are intersect with each other and form four right angles.

Question 20.
Choose the labels to make a true statement.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 29
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 30
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Line AB is perpendicular to Line EF.

Common Core – New – Page No. 565

Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Use the figure for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 31

Question 1.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
Think: Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Answer:
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Question 2.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be parallel.
_____ and _____

Answer:
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD} \)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never interest each other. \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD} \) are parallel lines.

Question 3.
Name another pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
_____ and _____

Answer:
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Draw and label the figure described.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 565 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 565 Q5

Question 6.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ FH } \) ⊥ \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ JK } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 565

Explanation:
FH and JK are two lines that intersect each other to form four right angles.

Problem Solving

Use the street map for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 32

Question 7.
Name two streets that intersect but do not appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch; They are intersecting with each other and not perpendicular.

Question 8.
Name two streets that appear to be parallel to each other.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Maple and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Birch are streets and do not intersect with each other. They appear to be parallel to each other.

Common Core – New – Page No. 566

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which capital letter appears to have perpendicular line segments?
Options:
a. N
b. O
c. T
d. V

Answer:
c. T

Explanation:
T has two lines and is interesting to form four right angles.

Question 2.
In the figure, which pair of line segments appear to be parallel?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 33
Options:
a. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
b. \(\overline{F J} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)
d. \(\overline{J H} \text { and } \overline{F J}\)

Answer:
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)

Explanation:
\(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\) are parallel lines that never intersect

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Nolan drew a right triangle. How many acute angles did he draw?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
c. 2

Explanation:
A triangle with one right angle will have two acute angles.

Question 4.
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. What fraction of the juice could Mike have drunk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. He drunk \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the juice.

Question 5.
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. How many pencils were left?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 142

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. He shared 142 pencils for each of 7 teachers. So, 142 X 7 = 994. The remaining pencils are 6.

Question 6.
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. How many ounces of juice did she buy?
Options:
a. 364 ounces
b. 370 ounces
c. 384 ounces
d. 402 ounces

Answer:
c. 384 ounces

Explanation:
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. 64 X 6 = 384 ounces of juice she can buy.

Page No. 569

Question 1.
Tell whether the quadrilateral is also a trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 34
Think:
____ pairs of parallel sides
____ sides of equal length
____ right angles
Quadrilateral ABCD is also a __________
__________

Answer:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Quadrilateral ABCD is also a Rhombus

Explanation:
A Rhombus is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths.

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 569 Q2

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 569 Q3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 37
_________
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and Rhombus

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Rhombus and Parallelogram.
A Rhombus is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 38
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral and Parallelogram

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Parallelogram.
A Parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 2 pairs of sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 39
_________
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral and Square

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
4 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Square.
A Square is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths, and 4 right angles.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 40
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral and Trapezoid

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Trapezoid.
A Square is a quadrilateral that has 1 pair of parallel sides and 0 sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Page No. 570

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 570 Q8

Question 9.
Classify the figure. Select all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 41
Options:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram
d. rectangle
e. rhombus
f. square

Answer:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram

Explanation:
A Parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 2 pairs of sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

The Louvre Museum is located in Paris, France. Architect I. M. Pei designed the glass and metal structure at the main entrance of the museum. This structure is called the Louvre Pyramid. Below is a diagram of part of the entrance to the Louvre Pyramid.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 43

Question 10.
Describe the quadrilaterals you see in the diagram.
_________
_________

Answer:
Trapezoid and Rhombus

Explanation:
There are 2 quadrilaterals available in the given image. One is a Trapezoid with 1 pair of parallel sides. Another one is Rhombus is with 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Question 11.
How many triangles do you see in the diagram? Explain.
______ triangles

Answer:
11 triangles

Explanation:
The given image has 11 triangles

Common Core – New – Page No. 571

Classify Quadrilaterals

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 44
Think: 2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
quadrilateral, parallelogram, rhombus

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 45
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 46
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
2 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 47
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral

Explanation:
0 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 48
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 49 img 49
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
2 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 50 img 50
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 571 Q8

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 571 Q9

Common Core – New – Page No. 572

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joey is asked to name a quadrilateral that is also a rhombus. What should be his answer?
Options:
a. square
b. rectangle
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
a. square

Explanation:
The quadrilateral square is also called a rhombus. Both square and rhombus have 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length.

Question 2.
Which quadrilateral has exactly one pair of parallel sides?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
d. trapezoid

Explanation:
A trapezoid has exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. What are all the possible numbers of eggs that Terence could put in each group?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 3, 4
b. 2, 4, 6, 8, 12
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
d. 24, 48, 72, 96

Answer:
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Explanation:
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. Terence could put in each group in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 ways.

Question 4.
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7. What number
should Jenna say?
Options:
a. 31
b. 35
c. 39
d. 43

Answer:
b. 35

Explanation:
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7.
7 + 4 = 11
11 + 4 = 15
15 + 4 = 19
19 + 4 = 23
23 + 4 = 27
27 + 4 = 31
31 + 4 = 35.
Jenna says 35.

Question 5.
Lou eats \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a pizza. What fraction of the pizza is left over?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Lou eats \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a pizza. So, 6 parts of pizza is finished and remaining 2 parts of pizza is remained. So, the left over pizza is \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 6.
Which capital letter appears to have parallel lines?
Options:
a. D
b. L
c. N
d. T

Answer:
c. N

Explanation:
N has two parallel lines that never intersect each other.

Page No. 573

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 51

Question 1.
A _______ is part of a line between two endpoints.
_________

Answer:
line segment

Question 2.
A _______ forms a square corner.
_________

Answer:
Right angle

Question 3.
An _______ is greater than a right angle and less than a straight angle.
_________

Answer:
Obtuse angle

Question 4.
The two-dimensional figure that has one endpoint is a ________.
_________

Answer:
ray

Question 5.
An angle that forms a line is called a _______.
_________

Answer:
straight line

Question 6.
On the grid below, draw a polygon that has 2 pairs of parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides equal in length, and 2 acute and 2 obtuse angles. Tell all the possible names for the figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 52
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 573
Parallelogram

Explanation:
The possible polygon that has 2 pairs of parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides equal in length, and 2 acute and 2 obtuse angles is Parallelogram.

Draw the figure.

Question 7.
parallel lines
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 563

Explanation:
QR and ST are two parallel lines. they never intersect each other.

Question 8.
obtuse ∠ABC
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 16

Explanation:
From triangle, ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 9.
intersecting lines that are not perpendicular
Type below:
_________

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 559

Explanation:
ST and UV are two lines intersecting at point X.

Question 10.
acute ∠RST
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 575

Page No. 574

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 574 Q11

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 574 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 574 Q13

Question 14.
What is the correct name of the figure shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 53
_________

Answer:
Ray

Explanation:
EF is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 15.
Describe the angles of an obtuse triangle.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
An obtuse triangle (or obtuse-angled triangle) is a triangle with one obtuse angle (greater than 90°) and two acute angles.

Page No. 577

Tell whether the parts on each side of the line match. Is the line a line of symmetry? Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 54
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 55
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 56
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 57
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Tell if the blue line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 58
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 59
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not the same size and shape.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 60
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not the same size and shape.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 61
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Tell if the blue line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 62
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not the same size and shape.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 63
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 64
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 65
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 13.
Which best describes the symmetry in the letter I?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 66
Type below:
________

Answer:
The two parts of the folded I match exactly. The fold line is a line of symmetry.

Explanation:
Take the Horizontal line in the middle of the Letter I. Cut out the tracing. Fold the tracing over a horizontal line. The two parts of the folded I match exactly. The fold line is a line of symmetry.

Page No. 578

Question 14.
Which shape has a correctly drawn line of symmetry?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 67
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 69
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 70
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
________

Answer:
Find the shape that has an exact line of symmetry.

Question 14.
b. How can you tell if the line of symmetry is correct?
Type below:
________

Answer:
If the two parts of the folded match exactly, then the line is a line of symmetry.

Question 14.
c. Tell how you solved the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
From fig 1 to 4, the fig 2 is has a line of symmetry that can exactly separate the two parts equally.

Question 14.
d. Circle the correct shape above.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 68

Question 15.
Reason Abstractly Draw a line of symmetry in the figure shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 71

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 578

Question 16.
Evie’s birthday is on the 18th of May. Since May is the 5th month, Evie wrote the date as shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 72
Evie says all the numbers she wrote have line symmetry. Is she correct? Explain.

Answer:
No; The number 5 doesn’t have a line of symmetry. So, Evie explanation is wrong.

Common Core – New – Page No. 579

Line Symmetry

Tell if the dashed line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 73
yes

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 74
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 75
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 76
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 77
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 78
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 79
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 80
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Complete the design by reflecting over the line of symmetry.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 81

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 578

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 82

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 578

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Kara uses the pattern below to make paper dolls. The dashed line represents a line of symmetry. A complete doll includes the reflection of the pattern over the line of symmetry. Complete the design to show what one of Kara’s paper dolls looks like.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 83

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 578

Common Core – New – Page No. 580

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which best describes the line of symmetry in the letter D?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 84
Options:
a. horizontal
b. vertical
c. diagonal
d. half turn

Answer:
a. horizontal

Explanation:
The horizontal line of symmetry in the letter D can exactly separate two parts equally.

Question 2.
Which shape has a correctly drawn line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 85
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 86
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 87
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 88

Answer:
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 86

Explanation:
Image b has a line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. How many unit cubes will each group get?
Options:
a. 40
b. 44
c. 45
d. 48

Answer:
c. 45

Explanation:
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. 360/8= 45.

Question 4.
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. How many feet are there in 6 miles?
Options:
a. 30,680
b. 31,260
c. 31,608
d. 31,680

Answer:
d. 31,680

Explanation:
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. So, for 6 miles = 6 x 5, 280 = 31,680.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 580 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 580 Q6

Page No. 583

Question 1.
The shape at the right has line symmetry. Draw the 2 lines of symmetry.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 89
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 583

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 90
_________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 583
There is more than 1 line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 91
_________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 583
There is more than 1 lines of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 92
_________

Answer:
1 line

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 583
There is 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 93
_________

Answer:
zero lines

Explanation:
There is no line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 94
_________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 583
There is more than 1 lines of symmetries that separate two parts equally.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 95
_________

Answer:
zero lines

Explanation:
There is no line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 96
_________

Answer:
zero lines

Explanation:
There is no line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 97
_________

Answer:
1 line

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 583
There is 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Practice: Copy and Solve Does the design have line symmetry?
Write yes or no. If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 98
____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 583

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 99
_____

Answer:
No;

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 100
_____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 578

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 101
_____

Answer:
No;

Question 14.
Draw a figure that has 5 sides and exactly 1 line of symmetry.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
the above 5 sides shape has only 1 line symmetry

Page No. 584

Use the chart for 15–17.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 102

Question 15.
Which letters appear to have only 1 line of symmetry?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
A, B, C, D, E, T, U, V, W

Explanation:
The letters A, B, C, D, E, T, U, V, W have only 1 line of symmetry.

Question 16.
Which letters appear to have zero lines of symmetry?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
J, N, S

Explanation:
The letters J, N, S have only zero lines of symmetry.

Question 17.
The letter C has horizontal symmetry. The letter A has vertical symmetry. Which letters appear to have both horizontal and vertical symmetry?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
H and I

Explanation:
The letters H and I have both horizontal and vertical symmetry.

Question 18.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Jeff says that the shape has only 2 lines of symmetry.
Does his statement make sense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 103
Type below:
_________

Answer:
No; Jeff’s explanation is wrong. Because the given shape has only 2 lines of symmetry.

Question 19.
Match each figure with the correct number of lines of symmetry it has.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 104
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 12 583

Common Core – New – Page No. 585

Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 105
1

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 106
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 107
________

Answer:
Zero

Explanation:
There are 0 lines of symmetries.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 108
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 585
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Does the design have line symmetry? Write yes or no.
If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 109
_____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 585

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 110
_____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 585

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 111
_____

Answer:
No;

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 112
______

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 585

Draw a shape for the statement. Draw the line or lines of symmetry.

Question 9.
zero lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 113

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 585

Question 10.
1 line of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 114

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 585

Question 11.
2 lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 115

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 10 585

Problem Solving

Use the chart for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 116

Question 12.
Which number or numbers appear to have only 1 line of symmetry?
_____

Answer:
3

Explanation:
The number 3 has only 1 line of symmetry.

Question 13.
Which number or numbers appear to have 2 lines of symmetry?
_____

Answer:
0 and 8

Explanation:
The numbers 0 and 8 appear to have 2 lines of symmetry.

Common Core – New – Page No. 586

Lesson Check

Question 1.
How many lines of symmetry does this shape appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 117
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 6
d. 12

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 586
The given shape has 6 lines of symmetries.

Question 2.
Which of the following shapes appears to have exactly 1 line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 118
b.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 119
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 120
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 121

Answer:
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 121

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 586
The trapezoid has exactly 1 line of symmetry.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour. How long did he practice in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours
d. 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\) hours

Answer:
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour. \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours hours.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 586 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 586 Q5
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 586 Q5.1

Question 6.
Kevin draws a figure that has four sides. All sides have the same length. His figure has no right angles. What figure does Kevin draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. rhombus
d. rectangle

Answer:
c. rhombus

Explanation:

Page No. 589

Question 1.
Marisol is making a pattern with blocks. What might the missing shape be?
First, look at the blocks.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 122
Next, describe the pattern.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The first image 1 has three line segments. The next shape will have four line segments.

Question 1.
Finally, draw the missing shape.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 123
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 586

Question 2.
Use the shapes to write a number pattern. Then describe the pattern in the numbers.

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 586
Shape 1: Triangle
Shape 2: Square
Shape 3: Pentagon
Shape 4: Hexagon
Shape 5: Heptagon

Question 3.
What if the pattern continued? Write an expression to describe the number of sides the sixth shape has in Marisol’s pattern.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
If the pattern continued, then the next shape will have one more extra line segment to it. The sixth shape will become the octagon.
Shape 6: Octagon

Question 4.
Sahil made a pattern using circles. The first nine circles are shown. Describe the pattern. If Sahil continues the pattern, what might the next three circles be?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 124
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The pattern is repeated for every three circles. One big circle followed by two small circles.
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 586

Page No. 590

Use the toy quilt designs for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 125

Question 5.
Lu is making a quilt that is 20 squares wide and has 24 rows. The border of the quilt is made by using each toy design equally as often. Each square can hold one design. How many of each design does she use for the border?
______ times

Answer:
The border will have 20 squares two times, and 24 squares two times as well, that is the perimeter or the border, because a quilt has 4 sides:
20 X 2 + 24 X 2 = 40 + 48 = 88
So, the border will have 88 squares in total. So if the border can have only one design, Lu can use any toy design 88 times if she wants the border to have the same toy design in it.

Question 6.
Communicate Starting in the first square of her quilt, Lu lined up her toy designs in this order: plane, car, fire truck, helicopter, crane, and wagon. Using this pattern unit, which design will Lu place in the fifteenth square? Explain how you found your answer.
_________

Answer:
The answer is fire truck. As the pattern repeats, the fifteenth square will fire the truck.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 590 Q7

Question 8.
Norris drew the pattern shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 126
Label the circles to show the colors in the fourth figure of the pattern.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 591

Common Core – New – Page No. 591

Problem Solving Shape Patterns

Solve each Problem.

Question 1.
Marta is using this pattern to decorate a picture frame. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 127
Possible answer: the pattern repeats: one trangle followed by two squares.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 127
The pattern repeats one triangle followed by two squares.

Question 2.
Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern. How many circles are in the sixth figure in the pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 128
_____ circles

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 591
Add one more column with 1 more circle than in the previous column; 21.

Question 3.
Larry stencils this pattern to make a border at the top of his bedroom walls. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the missing figure in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 129

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 591
2 triangles placed side to side followed by 2 sets of 2 triangles placed vertex to vertex

Common Core – New – Page No. 592

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What might be the next three figures in this pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 130
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 132
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 133
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 134

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131

Explanation:
the pattern has odd numbers of up arrows then even number of down arrows. So, the next three figures are Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131.

Question 2.
Which might be the missing figure in the following pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 135
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 136
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 137
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 138
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 139

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 136

Explanation:
From the pattern, the missing image will have a vertical rectangle with the circle and X mark in it.

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 592 Q3

Question 4.
Olivia finished a race in 40.64 seconds. Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds. Miguel finished the race in 41.44 seconds. Chad finished the race in 40.46 seconds. Who finished the race in the least time?
Options:
a. Olivia
b. Patty
c. Miguel
d. Chad

Answer:
b. Patty

Explanation:
Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds which is the least time compared to others.

Question 5.
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. How many yards of ribbon did Justin buy?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards

Answer:
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards

Explanation:
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. So, 6 X \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards.

Question 6.
Kyle and Andrea were asked to make a list of prime numbers.
Kyle: 1, 3, 7, 19, 23
Andrea: 2, 3, 5, 7, 11
Whose list is correct?
Options:
a. Only Kyle’s list
b. Only Andrea’s list
c. Both lists are correct.
d. Neither list is correct.

Answer:
b. Only Andrea’s list

Explanation:
1 is not a prime number. So, the answer is Only Andrea’s list is correct.

Page No. 593

Question 1.
Gavin is designing a kite. He sketched a picture of the kite.
How many right angles does the kite appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 140
_____ right angles

Answer:
0 right angles

Explanation:
There is no right angles in the given shape.

Question 2.
Write the letter of the triangle under its correct classification.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 141
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 142

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 593

Explanation:
C and F are Acute angles with less than right angles.
B and D are Obtuse Angles with more than right angles.
A and E are Right Angles.

Question 3.
Select the angles that identify an obtuse triangle. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. acute, acute, acute
b. acute, acute, obtuse
c. right, acute, acute
d. obtuse, right, acute

Answer:
b. acute, acute, obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse triangle will have one obtuse angle and two acute angles.

Page No. 594

Question 4.
Write the word that describes the part of Figure A written below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 143
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 144
\(\overline{E B}\) _________
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) _________
\(\overrightarrow{G A}\) _________
∠EBG _________
∠CGB _________

Answer:
\(\overline{E B}\) line segment.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) Line.
\(\overrightarrow{G A}\) Ray.
∠EBG right angle.
∠CGB acute angle.

Explanation:
\(\overline{E B}\) is a line segment that has two endpoints connected to form a line.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) is a Line that continues without an end in both directions.
\(\overrightarrow{G A}\) is a Ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.
∠EBG right angle.
∠CGB is an acute angle with less than the right angle.

Question 5.
What term best describes the figure shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 145

Answer:
perpendicular lines

Explanation:
The lines are forming four right angles they form squares. So, both lines are perpendicular lines.

Question 6.
Naomi leaves for her trip to Los Angeles on the 12th day of August. Since August is the 8th month, Naomi wrote the date as shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 146
Naomi says all the numbers she wrote have line symmetry. Is she correct? Explain your thinking.
_______

Answer:
Naomi is incorrect. The number 2 does not have a line of symmetry because if it were cut out, there would be no way to fold it in half so that the two parts matched exactly.

Page No. 595

Question 7.
Max made a pennant that looks like a triangle. How can you classify the triangle based on its angles?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 147
The triangle is a(n) ____________ triangle.

Answer:
The triangle is an acute triangle.

Explanation:
The triangle is an acute triangle.  because it has angles with less than right angles.

Question 8.
Choose the labels to make a true statement.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 148
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 149
_____ is parallel to ______

Answer:
Line AB is parallel to line CD.

Explanation:
From the given image, Line AB is parallel to line CD.

Question 9.
Classify the figure. Select all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 150
Options:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram
d. rectangle
e. rhombus
f. square

Answer:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram
d. rectangle

Explanation:
The given image has 2 parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides of length, and four right angles. So, the possible answers are quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, and rectangle.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 595 Q10

Page No. 596

Question 11.
Match each figure with the correct number of lines of symmetry it has.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 151

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 595

Explanation:
Image 1: 1 line of symmetry
Image 2: 2 lines of symmetry
Image 3: 0 lines of symmetry
Image 4: More than 2 lines of symmetry.

Question 12.
Barb drew the pattern shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 152
Use the square shown to draw the missing pattern. □

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 596

Explanation:
The fourth shape must consist of one extra square box in the top line and bottom line.

Question 13.
Claudia drew the figure below. Draw a line of symmetry on Claudia’s figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 153

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 596

Explanation:
The image can have one line symmetry.

Question 14.
Write the word or words that best describe this figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 154
_________

Answer:
Ray

Explanation:
The ray has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 596 Q15

Page No. 597

Question 16.
Mike drew a figure with opposite sides parallel. Write the pairs of parallel sides. What figure is it?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 155

Answer:
Line DG is parallel to Line FE and Line DE is parallel to Line GF; the figure is a parallelogram.

Question 17.
Circle the letter that does not have line symmetry.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 156

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 569

Explanation:
The S does not have line symmetry.

Question 18.
Joseph made a pattern using ovals and rectangles. The first four figures of his pattern are shown. Draw the next figure in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 157

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 596

Question 19.
Jeremy drew Figure 1 and Louisa drew Figure 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 158
Part A
Jeremy says both figures are rectangles. Do you agree with Jeremy?
Support your answer.
_____

Answer:
Yes; both figures have 2 pairs of parallel sides, opposite sides that are equal in length, and 4 right angles.

Question 19.
Part B
Louisa says both figures are rhombuses. Do you agree with Louisa?
Support your answer.
_____

Answer:
No; figure 2 is a rhombus since it has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length. Figure 1 does not have 4 sides of equal length so it cannot be a rhombus.

Page No. 598

Question 20.
Veronica found the number of lines of symmetry for the figure below. How many lines of symmetry does it have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 159
______ lines of symmetry

Answer:
2 lines of symmetry

Explanation:
the given shape can have 2 lines of symmetry.

Question 21.
Jordan drew the pattern below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 160
Part A
Describe the pattern.

Answer:
Each figure has 2 more squares than the preceding figure.

Question 21.
Part B
Write a rule using numbers to find the number of squares in any figure in the pattern.

Answer:
multiply the figure number by 2.

Question 21.
Part C
Draw Figure 5.

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 597

Page No. 603

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 161
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Half of the part is shaded out of the circle. So, the answer is 1/2.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 162
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) part of the circle is shaded out of the circle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 163
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
3 parts of the circle is shaded out of the circle

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 164
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1

Explanation:
The complete circle is shaded. So, the answer is 1.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 165
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Half of the part is shaded out of the circle. So, the answer is 1/2.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 166
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 167
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\); counterclockwise

Explanation:
The image shows the counterclockwise and formed fraction of \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 168
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\); clockwise

Explanation:
The image shows the clockwise and formed fraction of \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 169
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\); clockwise

Explanation:
The image shows the clockwise and formed fraction of \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 10.
Susan watched the game from 1 p.m. to 1:30 p.m. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 170
Type below:
________

Answer:
The minute hand made a \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Page 603 Q11

Page No. 604

Question 12.
Malcolm drew this angle on the circle. Which of the following describes the angle? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 171
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
c. clockwise
d. counterclockwise

Answer:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
d. counterclockwise

Explanation:
The image show the \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn and also the counterclockwise.

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 13.
Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 172
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 173
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The girl’s statement makes sense. The boy’s statement makes non-sense. Because from the figure it is clearly shown that the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the circle. There is no particular direction given to measure the shaded part.

Conclusion:

Finally, you will find detailed solutions to all questions that you’re looking for. So, you can attempt the exam with utmost confidence and secure good grades in the exams. The topics covered in Ch 10 Two-dimensional figures are such Lines, Rays, Angles, Classify Triangles by Angles, Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines, etc. Understand how to solve the problems of two-dimensional figures by accessing our Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 10 Two-dimensional figures Homework Practice FL.

Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math 8th Grade Module 3 End of Module Assessment Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Task Answer Key

Question 1.
Use the diagram below to answer the questions that follow.
Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Task Answer Key 1
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Task Answer Key 1.1

a. Dilate △OPQ from center O and scale factor r=\(\frac{4}{9}\). Label the image △OP’Q’.

b. Find the coordinates of points P’ and Q’.
Answer:
P’ = (6, 2)
Q’ = (6, \(\frac{38}{9}\))
\(\frac{\left(P^{\prime} Q^{\prime}\right)}{|P Q|}\) = \(\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{\left|P^{\prime} Q^{\prime}\right|}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{9}\)
|P’Q’| = \(\frac{20}{9}\)
\(\frac{20}{9}\) + 2 = \(\frac{20}{9}\) + \(\frac{18}{9}\)
= \(\frac{38}{9}\)

c. Are ∠OQP and ∠OQ’P’ equal in measure? Explain.
Answer:
Yes ∠OQP = ∠OQ’P’ Since D(△OQP) = △OQ’P’ and dilations are degree preserving, then ∠OQP = ∠OQ’P’.
∠OQP & ∠OQ’P’ are corresponding angles of parallel lines PQ & P’Q’, therefore ∠OQR = ∠OQ’P’

d. What is the relationship between segments PQ and P’Q’? Explain in terms of similar triangles.
Answer:
The lines that contain \(\overline{\text { PQ }}\) and \(\overline{p^{\prime} Q^{\prime}}\) are parallel. ∆OPQ ~ ∆OP’Q’ by the AA criterion (∠D = ∠D, ∠OP’Q’ = ∠OPQ), Therefore by the fundamental theorem of similarity \(\overline{P Q}\) || \(\overline{P^{\prime} Q^{\prime}}\)

e. If the length of segment OQ is 9.8 units, what is the length of segment OQ’? Explain in terms of similar triangles.
Answer:
Since ∆OPQ ~ ∆OP’Q’, then the ratios of lengths of corresponding sides will be equal to the scale factor then
\(\frac{\left|O P^{\prime}\right|}{|O P|}\) = \(\frac{\left|O Q^{\prime}\right|}{|O Q|}\) = \(\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{4}{9}\) = \(\frac{\left|O Q^{\prime}\right|}{|9.0|}\)
39.2 = 9(|OQ’|)
4.36 = |OQ’|
|OQ’| is approximately 4.4 units.

Question 2.
Use the diagram below to answer the questions that follow. The length of each segment is as follows: segment OX is 5 units, segment OY is 7 units, segment XY is 3 units, and segment X’Y’ is 12.6 units.
Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Task Answer Key 10

a. Suppose segment XY is parallel to segment X’Y’. Is △OXY similar to △OX’Y’? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, ∆OXY ~ ∆OX’Y’. Since \(\overline{X Y}\) || \(X^{\prime} Y^{\prime}\) and ∠OYX = ∠OY’X’. Because corresponding angles of parallel lines are equal in measure, by AA ∆OXY ~ ∆OX’Y’.

b. What is the length of segment OX’? Show your work.
Answer:
\(\frac{12.6}{3}\) = \(\frac{\left|O X^{\prime}\right|}{|5|}\)
5(12.6) = 3(|OX’|)
63 = 3(|OX’|)
21 = |OX’|
|OX’| is 21 units.

c. What is the length of segment OY’? Show your work.
Answer:
\(\frac{12.6}{3}\) = \(\frac{\left|OY^{\prime}\right|}{|7|}\)
12.6(7) = (3|OY’|)
88.2 = 3(|OY’|)
29.4 = |OY’|
|OY’| is 29.4 units.

Question 3.
Given △ABC ~△A^’ B^’ C’ and △ABC ~△A”B”C” in the diagram below, answer parts (a)–(c).
Eureka Math Grade 8 Module 3 End of Module Assessment Task Answer Key 50
a. Describe the sequence that shows the similarity for △ABC and △A’ B’ C’.
Answer:
\(\frac{B^{\prime} C^{\prime}}{B C}\) = \(\frac{2}{1}\) = 2 = r
Le D be the dilation from center O and scale factor r=2. Let there be a reflection across the Y-axis. Then the dilation followed by the reflection maps △ABC onto △A’B’C’.

b. Describe the sequence that shows the similarity for △ABC and △A”B”C”.
Answer:
Let D be the dilation from center O and scale factor. 0<r<1. Let there be a rotation of 180° around center O. Then the dilation followed by the rotation maps △ABC onto △A”B”C”.

c. Is △A’B’C’ similar to △A”B”C”? How do you know?
Answer:
Yes △A’B’C’ ~ △A”B”C”. Dilations preserve angle measures and since △ABC ~ △A’B’C and △ABC ~ △A”B”C”, we know ∠A= ∠A’ = ∠A”, ∠B = ∠B’=∠B”, by AA Criterion for similarity △A’B’C’ ~ △ A”B”C”. Also, similarity is Transitive.

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math 4th Grade Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Sprint Answer Key

A
Convert to Kilograms and Grams
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Sprint Answer Key 1
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Sprint Answer Key 2

Answer:

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-1
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-2

Question 1.
2,000 g = 2 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  2,000 g = 2 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 2 kg 0 g.

Question 2.
3,000 g = 3 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,000 g = 3 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 0 g.

Question 3.
4,000 g = 4 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,000 g = 4 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 0 g.

Question 4.
9,000 g = 9 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  9,000 g = 9 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 0 g.

Question 5.
6,000 g = 6 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,000 g = 6 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 0 g.

Question 6.
1,000 g = 1 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  1,000 g = 1 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 1 kg 0 g.

Question 7.
8,000 g = 8 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,000 g = 8 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 0 g.

Question 8.
5,000 g = 5 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,000 g = 5 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 0 g.

Question 9.
7,000 g = 7 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,000 g = 7 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 0 g.

Question 10.
6,100 g = 6 kg 100 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,100 g = 6,100 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 100 g.

Question 11.
6,110 g = 6 kg 110 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,110 g = 6 ,110 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 110 g.

Question 12.
6,101 g = 6 kg 101 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,101 g = 6,101 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 101 g.

Question 13.
6,010 g = 6 kg 10 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,010 g = 6,010 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 10 g.

Question 14.
6,011 g = 6 kg 11 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,011 g = 6,011 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 11 g.

Question 15.
6,001 g = 6 kg 1 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,001 g = 6,001 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 1 g.

Question 16.
8,002 g = 8 kg 2 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,002 g = 8,002 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 2 g.

Question 17.
8,020 g = 8 kg 20 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,002 g = 8,002 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 2 g.

Question 18.
8,200 g = 8 kg 200 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,200 g = 8,200 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 200 g.

Question 19.
8,022 g = 8 kg 22 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,022 g = 8,022 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 22 g.

Question 20.
8,220 g = 8 kg  220 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,220 g = 8,220 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 220 g.

Question 21.
8,222 g = 8 kg 222 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,222 g = 8,222 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 222 g.

Question 22.
7,256 g = 7 kg 256 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,256 g = 7,256 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 256 g.

Question 23.
3,800 g = 3 kg 800 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,800 g = 3,800 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 800 g.

Question 24.
4,770 g = 4 kg 770 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,770 g = 4,770 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 770 g.

Question 25.
4,807 g = 4 kg 807 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,807 g = 4,807 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 807 g.

Question 26.
5,065 g = 5 kg 065 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,065 g = 5,065 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 065 g.

Question 27.
5,040 g = 5 kg 40 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,040 g = 5,040 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 40 g.

Question 28.
6,007 g = 6 kg 7 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,007 g = 6,007 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 7 g.

Question 29.
2,003 g = 2 kg 3 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  2,003 g = 2,003 g ÷ 1000 = 2 kg 3 g.

Question 30.
1,090 g = 1 kg 90 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  1,090 g = 1,090 g ÷ 1000 = 1 kg 90 g.

Question 31.
1,055 g = 1 kg 55 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  1,055 g = 1,055 g ÷ 1000 = 1 kg 55 g.

Question 32.
9,404 g = 9 kg 404 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  9,404 g = 9,404 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 404 g.

Question 33.
9,330 g = 9 kg 330 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 9,330 g = 9,330 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 330 g.

Question 34.
3,400 g = 3 kg 400 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,400 g = 3,400 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 400 g.

Question 35.
4,000 g + 2,000 g = 6 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 4,000 g + 2,000 g = 6,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 4,000 g + 2,000 g = 6,000 g = 6,000 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 0 g.

Question 36.
5,000 g + 3,000 g = 8 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 5,000 g + 3,000 g = 8,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 5,000 g + 3,000 g = 8,000 g = 8,000 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 0 g.

Question 37.
4,000 g + 4,000 g = 8 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 4,000 g + 4,000 g = 8,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,000 g + 4,000 g = 8,000 g = 8,000 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 0 g.

Question 38.
8 × 7,000 g = 56 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 8 X 7,000 g = 56,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 8 × 7,000 g = 56,000 g = 56,000 g ÷ 1000 = 56 kg 0 g.

Question 39.
49,000 g ÷ 7 = 7 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 49,000 g ÷ 7 = 7,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 49,000 g ÷ 7 = 7,000 g = 7,000 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 0 g.

Question 40.
16,000 g × 5 = 80 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 16,000 g X 5 = 80,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 16,000 g X 5 = 80,000 g = 80,000 g ÷ 1000 = 80 kg 0 g.

Question 41.
63,000 g ÷ 7 = 9 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 63,000 g ÷ 7 = 9,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 63,000 g ÷ 7 = 9,000 g = 9,000 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 0 g.

Question 42.
17 × 4,000 g = 68 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 17 X 4,000 g  = 68,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 17 X 4,000 g = 68,000 g = 68,000 g ÷ 1000 = 68 kg 0 g.

Question 43.
13,000 g × 5 = 65 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 13,000 g X 5 = 65,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 13,000 g X 5 = 65,000 g = 65,000 g ÷ 1000 = 65 kg 0 g.

Question 44.
84,000 g ÷ 7 = 12 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 84,000 g ÷ 7 = 12,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 84,000 g ÷ 7 = 12,000 g = 12,000 g ÷ 1000 = 12 kg 0 g.

B
Convert to Kilograms and Grams
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Sprint Answer Key 3
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Sprint Answer Key 4

Answer:

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-3
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-4
Question 1.
1,000 g = 1 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  1,000 g = 1 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 1 kg 0 g.

Question 2.
2,000 g = 2 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  2,000 g = 2 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 2 kg 0 g.

Question 3.
3,000 g = 3 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,000 g = 3 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 0 g.

Question 4.
8,000 g = 8 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  8,000 g = 8 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 0 g.

Question 5.
6,000 g = 6 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  6,000 g = 6 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 6 kg 0 g.

Question 6.
9,000 g = 9 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  9,000 g = 9 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 0 g.

Question 7.
4,000 g = 4 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,000 g = 4 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 0 g.

Question 8.
7,000 g = 7 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,000 g = 7 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 0 g.

Question 9.
5,000 g = 5 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,000 g = 5 X 1000 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 0 g.

Question 10.
5,100 g = 5 kg 100 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,100 g = 5,100 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 100 g.

Question 11.
5,110 g = 5 kg 110 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,110 g = 5 ,110 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 110 g.

Question 12.
5,101 g = 5 kg 101 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,101 g = 5,101 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 101 g.

Question 13.
5,010 g = 5 kg 10 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,010 g = 5,010 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 10 g.

Question 14.
5,011 g = 5 kg 11 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,011 g = 5,011 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 11 g.

Question 15.
5,001 g = 5 kg 1 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,001 g = 5,001 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 1 g.

Question 16.
7,002 g = 7 kg 2 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,002 g = 7,002 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 2 g.

Question 17.
7,020 g = 7kg 20 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,020 g = 7,020 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 20 g.

Question 18.
7,200 g = 7 kg 200 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,200 g = 7,200 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 200 g.

Question 19.
7,022 g = 7 kg 22 g,
7,022 g = 7 kg 22 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,022 g = 7,022 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 22 g.

Question 20.
7,220 g = 7 kg 220 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,220 g = 7,220 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 220 g.

Question 21.
7,222 g = 7 kg 222 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  7,222 g = 7,222 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 222 g.

Question 22.
4,378 g = 4 kg 378 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,378 g = 4,378 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 378 g.

Question 23.
2,700 g = 2 kg 700 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  2,700 g = 2,700 g ÷ 1000 = 2 kg 700 g.

Question 24.
3,660 g = 3 kg 660 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,660 g = 3,660 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 660 g.

Question 25.
3,706 g = 3 kg 706 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,706 g = 3,706 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 706 g.

Question 26.
4,095 g = 4 kg 95 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,095 g = 4,095 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 95 g.

Question 27.
4,030 g = 4 kg 30 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,030 g = 4,030 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 30 g.

Question 28.
5,006 g = 5 kg 6 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  5,006 g = 5,006 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 6 g.

Question 29.
3,004 g = 3 kg 4 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,004 g = 3,004 g ÷ 1000 = 3 kg 4 g.

Question 30.
2,010 g = 2 kg 10 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  2,010 g = 2,010 g ÷ 1000 = 2 kg 10 g.

Question 31.
2,075 g = 2 kg 75 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  2,075 g = 2,075 g ÷ 1000 = 2 kg 75 g.

Question 32.
1,504 g = 1 kg 504 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  1,504 g = 1,504 g ÷ 1000 = 1 kg 504 g.

Question 33.
1,440 g = 1 kg 440 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  1,440 g = 1,440 g ÷ 1000 = 1 kg 440 g.

Question 34.
4,500 g = 4 kg 500 g,

Explanation:
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  4,500 g = 4,500 g ÷ 1000 = 4 kg 500 g.

Question 35.
3,000 g + 2,000 g = 5 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 3,000 g + 2,000 g = 5,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So  3,000 g + 2,000 g = 5,000 g
5,000 g ÷ 1000 = 5 kg 0 g.

Question 36.
4,000 g + 3,000 g = 7 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 4,000 g + 3,000 g = 7,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 4,000 g + 3,000 g = 7,000 g = 7,000 g ÷ 1000 = 7 kg 0 g.

Question 37.
5,000 g + 4,000 g = 9 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 5,000 g + 4,000 g = 9,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 5,000 g + 4,000 g = 9,000 g = 9,000 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 0 g.

Question 38.
9 × 8,000 g = 72 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 9 X 8,000 g = 72,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 9 × 8,000 g = 72,000 g = 72,000 g ÷ 1000 = 72 kg 0 g.

Question 39.
64,000 g ÷ 8 = 8 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 64,000 g ÷ 8 = 8,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 64,000 g ÷ 8 = 8,000 g = 8,000 g ÷ 1000 = 8 kg 0 g.

Question 40.
17,000 g × 5 = 85 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given  17,000 g X 5  = 85,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 17,000 g X 5 = 85,000 g = 85,000 g ÷ 1000 = 85 kg 0 g.

Question 41.
54,000 g ÷ 6 = 9 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 54,000 g ÷ 6 = 9,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 54,000 g ÷ 6 = 9,000 g = 9,000 g ÷ 1000 = 9 kg 0 g.

Question 42.
18,000 g × 4 = 72 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given  18,000 g X 4  = 72,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 18,000 g X 4 = 72,000 g = 72,000 g ÷ 1000 = 72 kg 0 g.

Question 43.
14 × 5,000 g = 70 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given  14 X 5,000 g  = 70,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 14 X 5,000 g = 70,000 g = 70,000 g ÷ 1000 = 70 kg 0 g.

Question 44.
96,000 g ÷ 8 = 12 kg 0 g,

Explanation:
Given 96,000 g ÷ 8 = 12,000 g
Converted the conversion table as shown above as
We know 1000 g or 103  = 1 kg,
So 96,000 g ÷ 8 = 12,000 g = 12,000 g ÷ 1000 = 12 kg 0 g.

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Problem Set Answer Key

Model each problem with a tape diagram.
Solve and answer with a statement.

Question 1.
The potatoes Beth bought weighed 3 kilograms 420 grams. Her onions weighed 1,050 grams less than the potatoes. How much did the potatoes and onions weigh together?
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Problem Set Answer Key 10
The potatoes and onions wiegh together 5,790 g or 5 kg 790 g,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-5
Statement: Both the potatoes and onions wiegh together are five thousand seven hundred ninety grams or five kilograms and seven hundred ninety grams,

Explanation:
Given the potatoes Beth bought weighed 3 kilograms 420 grams.
Her onions weighed 1,050 grams less than the potatoes.
So onions wiegh is 3 kg 420 g – 1,050 g =
3 X 1000 g + 420 g = 3,420 g,
now 3,420 g – 1,050 g = 2,370 g,
So the potatoes and onions weigh together are
3,420 g + 2,370 g = 5,790 g or 5,790 ÷ 1,000 = 5 kg 790 g,
Therefore, the potatoes and onions weigh together
5,790 g or 5 kg 790 g,
Modeled  problem with a tape diagram as shown above and
statement is both the potatoes and onions wiegh together are five thousand seven hundred ninety grams or five kilograms and seven hundred ninety grams.

Question 2.
Adele let out 18 meters 46 centimeters of string to fly her kite. She then let out 13 meters 78 centimeters more before reeling back in 590 centimeters. How long was her string after reeling it in?
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Problem Set Answer Key 11
Adele string is 26,34 centimeters or 26 meters 34 centimeters long after reeling it in.
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-6
Statement: Adele string is twenty six thousand thirty centimeters or twenty six meters and thirty centimeters long after reeling it in,

Explanation:
Given Adele let out 18 meters 46 centimeters of string to fly her kite.
She then let out 13 meters 78 centimeters more before reeling back in 590 centimeters. So Adele string length after
reeling it in is 18 m 46 cm + 13 m 78 cm – 590 cm =
as 18 m 46 cm = 18 x 100 cm + 46 cm = 18,00 cm + 46 cm =
18,46 cm and 13 m 78 cm = 13  X 100 cm + 78 cm =
13,00 cm + 78 cm = 13,78 cm.
Now (18,46 cm + 13,78 cm) – 590 cm = 32,24 cm – 590 cm =
26,34 cm or  26,34 cm ÷ 100 = 26 m 34 cm,
Therefore, Adele string is 26,34 centimeters or
26 meters 34 centimeters long after reeling it in.
Modeled  problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is Adele string is twenty six thousand thirty centimeters or twenty six meters and thirty centimeters long after reeling it in.

Question 3.
Shyan’s barrel contained 6 liters 775 milliliters of paint. She poured in 1 liter 118 milliliters more. The first day, Shyan used 2 liters 125 milliliters of the paint.
At the end of the second day, there were 1,769 milliliters of paint remaining in the barrel. How much paint did Shyan use on the second day?

Answer:
On the second day Shyan uses 3,999 milliliters or 3 liters 999 milliliters of the paint,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-7
Statement : Shyan on the second day uses three thousand nine hundred ninety nine milliliters or 3 liters and nine hundred ninety nine milliliters of the paint,

Explanation:
Given Shyan’s barrel contained 6 liters 775 milliliters of paint.
She poured in 1 liter 118 milliliters more.
The first day, Shyan used 2 liters 125 milliliters of the paint.
At the end of the second day, there were 1,769 milliliters of paint remaining in the barrel. Total amount of the paint is
6 L 775 mL + 1 L 118 mL = 7 L 893 mL,
Paint left after first day is 7 L 893 mL – 2 L 125 mL =
7 L 893 mL = 7 X 1000 mL + 893 mL = 7,893 mL,
2 L 125 mL = 2 X 1000 mL + 125 mL = 2,125 mL,
So 7,893 mL – 2,125 mL = 5,768 mL paint is left after first day,
Now Second day paint used is 5,768 mL – 1,769 mL = 3,999 mL
or 3,999 mL ÷ 1000 = 3 L 999 mL paint has been
used on the second day by Shyan.
Modeled  problem with a tape diagram as shown above and
statement Shyan on the second day uses three thousand nine hundred ninety nine milliliters or 3 liters and nine hundred ninety nine milliliters of the paint.

Question 4.
On Thursday, the pizzeria used 2 kilograms 180 grams less flour than they used on Friday. On Friday, they used 12 kilograms 240 grams. On Saturday, they used 1,888 grams more than on Friday. What was the total amount of flour used over the three days?
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Problem Set Answer Key 12
The total amount of flour used over three days is 36,428 grams or 36 kilograms 428 grams,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-8
Statement : The total amount of flour used over three days is thirty six thousand four hundred twenty eight grams or thirty six kilograms and four hundred twenty eight grams,

Explanation:
Given On Thursday, the pizzeria used less 2 kilograms 180 grams less flour than they used on Friday. On Friday, they used 12 kilograms 240 grams.
On Saturday, they used 1,888 grams more than on Friday. So on Thursday they used
12 kg 240 g – 2 kg 180 g =
12 X 1000 g + 240 g = 12,240 g,
2 X 1000 + 180 g = 2,180g,
12,240 g – 2,180 g = 10,060 g on Thursday,
On Saturday they used 1,888 g + 12,240 g = 14,128 g,
Now the total amount of flour used over the three days is
10,060 g + 12,240 g + 14,128 g = 36,428 g or 36,428 g ÷ 1000 =
36 kg 428 g. Therefore the total amount of flour used over three days is
36,428 grams or 36 kilograms 428 grams,
Modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is the total amount of flour used over three days is thirty six thousand four hundred twenty eight grams or thirty six kilograms and four hundred twenty eight grams.

Question 5.
The gas tank in Zachary’s car has a capacity of 60 liters. He adds 23 liters 825 milliliters of gas to the tank, which already has 2,050 milliliters of gas. How much more gas can Zachary add to the gas tank?

Answer:
More 34,125 milliliters or 34 L 125 mL gas can Zachary add to the gas tank,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-9
Statement : More thirty four thousand one hundred twenty five milliliters or thirty four liters and one hundred twenty five milliliters gas can Zachary add to the gas tank,

Explanation:
Given the gas tank in Zachary’s car has a capacity of 60 liters.
He adds 23 liters 825 milliliters of gas to the tank,
which already has 2,050 milliliters of gas.
So  the gas tank has  23 L 825 mL + 2,050 mL =
as 23 L 825 mL = 23 X 1000 mL + 825 mL =
23,000 mL + 825 mL = 23,825 mL gas,
Now 23,825 mL + 2,050 mL = 25,875 mL
More gas can Zachary add to the gas tank is 60 L – 25,875 mL =
as 60 L = 60 X 1,000 mL = 60,000 mL,
So 60,000 – 25,875 mL = 34,125 mL or 34,125 mL ÷ 1000 =
34 L 125 mL, therefore, more 34,125 milliliters or
34 L 125 mL gas can Zachary add to the gas tank.
Modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is more thirty four thousand one hundred twenty five milliliters or thirty four liters and one hundred twenty five milliliters gas can Zachary add to the gas tank.

Question 6.
A giraffe is 5 meters 20 centimeters tall. An elephant is 1 meter 77 centimeters shorter than a giraffe. A rhinoceros is 1 meter 58 centimeters shorter than an elephant. How tall are the rhinoceros?

Answer:
The rhinoceros is 185 centimeters tall or 1 meter 85 centimeters tall,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-10
Statement: The rhinoceros is one hundred eighty five centimeters tall or one meter eighty five centimeters tall,

Explanation:
Given A giraffe is 5 meters 20 centimeters tall. An elephant is 1 meter 77 centimeters shorter than the giraffe and
A rhinoceros is 1 meter 58 centimeters shorter than the elephant. So height of rhinoceros is first we see height of elephant as 5 m 20 cm – 1 m 77 cm =
as 5 X 100 cm + 20 cm = 5,20 cm and
1 m 77 cm = 1 X 100 cm +77 cm = 1,77 cm,
so 520 cm – 177 cm = 343 cm, Now rhinoceros is
343 cm – 1 m 58 cm =
as 1 m 58 cm = 1 X 100 cm + 58 cm = 158 cm
so 343 cm – 158 cm = 185 cm or 185 cm ÷ 100 = 1 m 85 cm,
therefore the rhinoceros is 185 centimeters tall or 1 meter 85 centimeters tall, modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is the
rhinoceros is one hundred eighty five centimeters tall or one meter eighty five centimeters tall.

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Model each problem with a tape diagram. Solve and answer with a statement.

Question 1.
Jeff places a pineapple with a mass of 890 grams on a balance scale. He balances the scale by placing two oranges, an apple, and a lemon on the other side. Each orange weighs 280 grams. The lemon weighs 195 grams less than each orange. What is the mass of the apple?
Engage NY Math 4th Grade Module 2 Lesson 5 Exit Ticket Answer Key 20
Answer:
The mass of the apple is 245 grams,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-11
Statement : The mass of the apple is two hundred forty five grams,

Explanation:
Given Jeff places a pineapple with a mass of 890 grams on a balance scale. He balances the scale by placing two oranges, an apple, and a lemon on the other side. Each orange weighs 280 grams. The lemon weighs 195 grams less than each orange.
So the lemon weighs 280 g – 195 g =  85 grams,
Now weigh of two oranges is 280 g + 280 g = 560 grams,
given  2 oranges + lemon + apple = 890 grams, therefore weigh of apple = 890 g – (560g + 85 g) = 890 g – 645 g = 245 g,
therefore, the mass of the apple is 245 g, modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is mass of apple is two hundred fortyy five grams.

Question 2.
Brian is 1 meter 87 centimeters tall. Bonnie is 58 centimeters shorter than Brian. Betina is 26 centimeters taller than Bonnie. How tall is Betina?

Answer:
Betina is 155 cm or 1 m 55 cm tall,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-12
Statement: Betina is one hundred fifty five centimeters or one meter fifty five centimeters tall,

Explanation:
Given Brian is 1 meter 87 centimeters tall.
Bonnie is 58 centimeters shorter than Brian means
Bonnie is 1 m 87 cm – 58 = as 1 m 87 cm =
1 X 100 cm + 87 cm = 187 cm, 187 cm – 58 cm = 129 cm,
Bonnie is 129 cm and Betina is 26 centimeters taller than
Bonnie means Betina is 129 cm + 26 cm = 155 cm or
155  cm ÷ 100 = 1 m 55 cm,
So Betina is 155 cm or 1 m 55 cm tall, modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is Betina is one hundred fifty five centimeters or one meter fifty five centimeters tall.

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Homework Answer Key

Model each problem with a tape diagram. Solve and answer with a statement.

Question 1.
The capacity of Jose’s vase is 2,419 milliliters of water. He poured 1 liter 299 milliliters of water into the empty vase. Then, he added 398 milliliters. How much more water will the vase hold?

Answer:
Jose’s vase can hold more 722 milliliters of water,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-13
Statement : Jose’s vase can hold more seven hundred twenty two milliliters of water,

Explanation:
Given the capacity of Jose’s vase is 2,419 milliliters of water.
He poured 1 liter 299 milliliters of water into the empty vase.
Then, he added 398 milliliters. So now water in the vase is
1 L 299 mL + 398 mL as 1 L 299 mL = 1 X 1000 mL + 299 mL =
1,299 mL +  398 mL = 1,697 mL of water,
Now we can pour more is 2,419 mL – 1,697 mL = 722 mL more, therefore, Jose’s vase can hold more 722 milliliters of water, modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is Jose’s vase can hold more seven hundred twenty two milliliters of water.

Question 2.
Eric biked 1 kilometer 125 meters on Monday. On Tuesday, he biked 375 meters less than on Monday. How far did he bike both days?

Answer:
Eric biked both days as 1,875 meters or 1 kilometer 875 meters,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-14
Statement : Eric biked both days as one thousand eight hundred seventy five meters or one kilometer eight hundred seventy five meters,

Explanation:
Given Eric biked 1 kilometer 125 meters on Monday.
On Tuesday, he biked 375 meters less than on Monday.
So on Tuesday he biked 1 k 125 m – 375 m =
as 1 X 1000 m + 125 m = 1,125 m ,
1125 m – 375 m = 750 m,
therefore Eric biked on Monday and Tuesday is
1,125 m + 750 m = 1,875 m or 1,875 m ÷ 1,000 = 1 k 875 m,
therefore, Eric biked both days as 1,875 meters or
1 kilometer 875 meters, modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is Eric biked both days as one thousand eight hundred seventy five meters or one kilometer eight hundred seventy five meters.

Question 3.
Zachary weighs 37 kilograms 95 grams. Gabe weighs 4,650 grams less than Zachary. Harry weighs 2,905 grams less than Gabe. How much does Harry weigh?

Answer:
Harry weigh 29,540 grams or 29 kilogram 540 grams,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-15
Statement : Harry weigh’s twenty nine thousand five hundred forty grams or twenty nine kilograms five hundred forty grams,

Explanation:
Given Zachary weighs 37 kilograms 95 grams.
Gabe weighs 4,650 grams less than Zachary and Harry weighs
2,905 grams less than Gabe. So Gabe weigh’s
37 kg 95 g – 4,650 g as 37 kg 95 g =
37 X 1000 g + 95 g = 37,095 g so Gabe is
37,095 g – 4,650 g = 32,445 g,
Now Harry weigh’s 32,445 g – 2,905 g = 29,540 grams or
29,540 g ÷ 1,000 = 29 kilograms 540 grams,
therefore, Harry weigh 29,540 grams or 29 kilogram 540 grams, modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is Harry weigh’s twenty-nine thousand five hundred forty grams or twenty nine kilograms five hundredforty grams.

Question 4.
A Springer Spaniel weighs 20 kilograms 490 grams. A Cocker Spaniel weighs 7,590 grams less than a Springer Spaniel. A Newfoundland weighs 52 kilograms 656 grams more than a Cocker Spaniel. What is the difference, in grams, between the weights of the Newfoundland and the Springer Spaniel?

Answer:
The difference in grams, between the weights of the Newfoundland and the Springer Spaniel is 45,066 grams,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-16
Statement: The difference in grams, between the weights of the Newfoundland and the Springer Spaniel is forty five thousand sixty six grams,

Explanation:
Given a Springer Spaniel weighs 20 kilograms 490 grams.
A Cocker Spaniel weighs 7,590 grams less than a Springer Spaniel. A Newfoundland weighs 52 kilograms 656 grams more than a Cocker Spaniel.
So Cocker spaniel weigh’s 20 kg 490 g – 7,590 g
as 20 kg 490 g = 20 X 1000 g + 490 g = 20,490 g,
So 20,490 g – 7,590 g = 12,900 g,
Now Newfoundland weighs 52 kg 656 g +12,900 g as
52 kg 656 g = 52 X 1000 g + 656 g = 52,656 g,
52,656 g + 12,900 g = 65,556 g,
Now the difference in grams, between the weights of the
Newfoundland and the Springer Spaniel is
65,556 g – 20,490 g = 45,066 grams,
modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is the difference in grams, between the weights of the Newfoundland and the Springer Spaniel is forty five thousand sixty six grams.

Question 5.
Marsha has three rugs. The first rug is 2 meters 87 centimeters long. The second rug has a length 98 centimeters less than the first. The third rug is 111 centimeters longer than the second rug. What is the difference in centimeters between the length of the first rug and the third rug?

Answer:
The difference in centimeters between the length of the first rug and the third rug is 13 cm,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-17
Statement : The difference in centimeters between the length of the first rug and the third rug is thirteen centimeters,

Explanation:
Given Marsha has three rugs. The first rug is 2 meters 87 centimeters long.
The second rug has a length 98 centimeters less than the first. The third rug is 111 centimeters longer than the second rug so the second rug is
2 m 87 cm – 98 cm as 2 m 87 cm = 2 X 100 cm + 87 cm = 287 cm,
Now 287 cm – 98 cm = 189 cm and the third rug is
189 cm + 111 cm = 300 cm,
first rug is 287 cm, second rug is 189 cm and third rug is 300 cm,
Now the difference in centimeters between the length of the first rug and the third rug is 300 cm – 287 cm = 13 cm,
modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is the difference in centimeters between the length of the first rug and the third rug is thirteen centimeters.

Question 6.
One barrel held 60 liters 868 milliliters of sap. A second barrel held 20,089 milliliters more sap than the first. A third barrel held 40 liters 82 milliliters less sap than the second. If the sap from the three barrels was poured into a larger container, how much sap would there be in all ?

Answer:
182,700 milliliters or 182 liters 700 milliliters of sap
would be there in all,
Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Lesson 5 Answer Key-18
Statement: one lakh eighty two thousand seven hundred milliliters or one hundred eighty two liters and seven hundred milliliters of sap would be there in all,

Explanation:
Given one barrel held 60 liters 868 milliliters of sap.
A second barrel held 20,089 milliliters more sap than the first.
A third barrel held 40 liters 82 milliliters less sap than the second.
Second barrel holds 60 L 868 mL + 20,089 mL as
60 L 868 mL = 60 X 1000 mL + 868 mL = 60,868 mL,
60,868 mL + 20,089 mL = 80,957 mL,
Third barrel holds 80,957 mL – 40 L 82 mL as
40 L 82 mL = 40 X 1000 mL + 82 mL = 40,082 mL,
so 80,957 mL – 40,082 mL = 40,875 mL,
First barrel holds 60,868 mL,
Second barrel holds 80,957 mL,
Third barrel holds 40,875 mL,
Now if the sap from the three barrels was poured into a larger container it will contain
60,868 mL + 80,957 mL + 40,875 mL = 182,700 mL,
modeled problem with a tape diagram as shown above and statement is one lakh eighty two thousand seven hundred milliliters or one hundred eighty two liters and seven hundred milliliters of sap would be there in all.

Eureka Math Grade 4 Module 2 Answer Key

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Answer Key

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Answer Key

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Example Answer Key

Consider a triangular region in the plane with vertices 0(0, 0), A(5, 2), and B(3, 4). What is the perimeter of the triangular region?
Answer:
Approximately 13.21 units

What is the area of the triangular region?
Answer:
7 square units

Find the general formula for the area of the triangle with vertices 0(0, 0), A(x1, y1), and B (x2, y2), as shown.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Example Answer Key 1
Answer:
Let students struggle with this for a while following the steps modeled above. Scaffold as necessary.
→ What is the area in square units of the rectangle enclosing the triangle?
x1 y2

→ What is the area in square units of the surrounding triangles?
Left: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Right: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1 – x2) (y2 – y1)
Bottom: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y1)

→ Write the general formula for the area of ∆OAB.
x1y2 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x2y2) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1 – x2) (y2 – y1) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y1)

→ Expand the formula and simplify it.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y2 – x2y1)

Does the formula work for this triangle?
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Example Answer Key 2
Answer:
→ Does the formula work for the triangle below?
It does, but students may get either of these formulas: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y2 – x2y1) or \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x2y1 – x1y2) depending on which point they labeled (x1, y1).

These formulas differ by a minus sign. Let students compare their answer with their classmates. Make the point that the formulas depend on the choice of labeling the points but differ only by a minus sign. Students always get a positive area if they order the points counterclockwise. The method that students should follow is (1) pick a starting point; (2) walk around the figure in a counterclockwise direction doing calculations with adjacent points.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Example Answer Key 3

→ Do you think this formula works for any triangle with one vertex at (0, 0)? Does the quadrant matter?
Answers will vary. Yes, it always works no matter the quadrant, and the area is positive as long as (x1, y1) is the next point in a counterclockwise direction.
→ Let’s try some problems and see if our formula always works.

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Opening Exercise Answer Key

Find the area of the shaded region.
a.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Opening Exercise Answer Key 4
Answer:
A = 16 units2 – 2 units2 = 14 units2

b.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Opening Exercise Answer Key 5
Answer:
A = 9π units2 – 8 units2 ≈ 20.26 units2

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Exercise Answer Key

Find the area of the triangles with vertices listed, first by finding the area of the rectangle enclosing the triangle and subtracting the area of the surrounding triangles, then by using the formula \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y2 – x2y1).
a. 0(0, 0), A(5, 6), B(4, 1)
Answer:
9.5 square units

b. 0(0, 0), A(3, 2), B (- 2, 6)
Answer:
11 square units

c. 0(0, 0), A(5, – 3), B(- 2, 6)
Answer:
12 square units

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key

Question 1.
Use coordinates to compute the perimeter and area of each polygon.
a.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 6
Answer:
Perimeter = 16 units
Area = 15 square units

b.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 7
Answer:
Perimeter ≈ 17.62 units
Area = 10.5 square units

Question 2.
Given the figures below, find the area by decomposing into rectangles and triangles.
a.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 8
Answer:
Area = 8 square units

b.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 9
Answer:
Area = 30 square units

Question 3.
Challenge: Find the area by decomposing the given figure into triangles.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 10
Answer:
11 square units

Question 4.
When using the shoelace formula to work out the area of ABC, we have some choices to make. For example, we can start at any one of the three vertices A, B, or C, and we can move either in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction. This gives six options for evaluating the formula.

Show that the shoelace formula obtained is Identical for the three options that move in a clockwise direction (A to C to B or C to B to A or B to A to C) and identical for the three options in the reverse direction. Verify that the two distinct formulas obtained differ only by a minus sign.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 11
Answer:
Clockwise:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y2 + x2y3 + x3y1 – y1x2 – y2x3 – y3x1)

Counterclockwise:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(x1y3 + x3y2 + x2y1 – y1x3 – y3x2 – y2x1)

Question 5.
Suppose two triangles share a common edge. By translating and rotating the triangles, we can assume that the common edge lies along the x-axis with one endpoint at the origin.
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 12
a. Show that If we evaluate the shoelace formula for each trIangle, both calculated in the same clockwise direction, then the answers are both negative.
Answer:
Top Triangle: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(0 – bx) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)bx, where b > 0.
Bottom Triangle: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(xd – 0) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)dx, where d < 0. Both answers are negative when calculated in the clockwise direction.

b. Show that If we evaluate them both In a counter clock wise direction, then both are positive.
Answer:
Top Triangle: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(xb – 0) = bx, where b > 0.
Bottom Triangle: \(\frac{1}{2}\)(0 – xd) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)dx, where d < 0.
Both answers aie positive when calculated in the counterclockwise direction.

c. Explain why evaluating one in one direction and the second in the opposite direction, the two values obtained are opposite in sign.
Answer:
If two triangles share a common edge, then evaluating the shoelace formula for each triangle in a consistent direction gives answers that are the same sign; they are either each the positive areas of their respective triangles or each the negative versions of those areas.

Question 6.
A textbook has a picture of a triangle with vertices (3, 6) and (5, 2). Something happened in printing the book, and the coordinates of the third vertex are listed as Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Problem Set Answer Key 13. The answers in the back of the book give the area of the triangle as 6 square units.
a. What is the y-coordinate of the third vertex?
Answer:
8

b. What if both coordinates were missing, but the area was known? Could you use algebra to find the third coordinate? Explain.
Answer:
No, you would have an equation with two variables, so you could not solve for both algebraically unless you had a second equation with the same unknowns.

Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Given the triangle below with vertices A(4, 3), B(-2, 3), and C(-1, -2).
Eureka Math Geometry Module 4 Lesson 9 Exit Ticket Answer Key 14
Azha calculated the area using 5 ∙ 6 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(5 ∙ 1) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(5 ∙ 5),
while Carson calculated the area using \(\frac{1}{2}\)(4 ∙ 3 + (-2) ∙ (-2) + (-1) ∙ 3 – 3 (-2) – 3 ∙ (-1) – (-2) ∙ 4).
Explain the method each one used.
Answer:
Azha used the decomposition method. She first determined that the area of the rectangle around the triangle is 5 ∙ 6, and then she subtracted the area of the 3 right triangles surrounding the region. Carson used the “shoelace” method that we learned in this lesson.

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key

Question 1.
Use the paper strip provided by your teacher to measure each picture. Circle the words you need to make the sentence true. Then, fill in the blank.
Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key 1
The basketball bat is Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key table 1 the paper strip.
Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key 2

Answer:
The basketball bat is longer than the paper strip.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the basketball bat is Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1the paper strip.
The book is Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key table 2 the paper strip.
Answer:
The book is shorter than the paper strip.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the book is Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1a paper strip.

The basketball bat is ____ the book.

Answer:
The basketball bat is longer than the book.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the basketball bat is longer than the book.

Question 2.
Complete the sentences with longer than, shorter than, or the same length as to make the sentences true.
a. Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key 3
The tube is ____________________________ the cup.

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key 4

Answer:
The tube is longer than the cup.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the tube is longer than the cup.

b. Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Problem Set Answer Key 5
The iron is ___ the ironing board.

Answer:
The iron is shorter than the ironing board.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the iron is shorter than the ironing board.

Use the measurements from Problems 1 and 2. Circle the word that makes the sentences true.

Question 3.
The baseball bat is (longer/shorter) than the cup.

Answer:
Longer

Explanation:

Question 4.
The cup is (longer/shorter) than the ironing board.

Answer:
Shorter

Explanation:
Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1-3

Question 5.
The ironing board is (longer/shorter) than the book.

Answer:
Longer.

Explanation:
Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1-4

Question 6.
Order these objects from shortest to longest:
cup, tube, and paper strip

Answer:
Cup, paper strip, tube.

Draw a picture to help you complete the measurement statements. Circle the words that make each statement true.

Question 7.
Sammy is taller than Dion.
Janell is taller than Sammy.
Dion is (taller than/shorter than) Janell.

Answer:
Dion is shorter than Janell.

Explanation:
Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1-5
As given that Sammy is taller than Dion and Janell is taller than Sammy, so Dion is shorter than Janell.

Question 8.
Laura’s necklace is longer than Mihal’s necklace.
Laura’s necklace is shorter than Sarai’s necklace.
Sarai’s necklace is (longer than/shorter than) Mihal’s necklace.

Answer:
Sarai’s necklace is longer than Mihal’s necklace.

Explanation:
Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1-6
As given that Laura’s necklace is longer than Mihal’s necklace and Laura’s necklace is shorter than Sarai’s necklace.

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Draw a picture to help you complete the measurement statements. Circle the words that make each statement true.

Tanya’s doll is shorter than Aline’s doll.
Mira’s doll is taller than Aline’s doll.
Tanya’s doll is (taller than/shorter than) Mira’s doll.

Answer:
Tanya’s doll is shorter than Mira’s doll.

Explanation:
Given that Tanya’s doll is shorter than Aline’s doll and Mira’s doll is taller than Aline’s doll. So Tanya’s doll is shorter than Mira’s doll.
Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1-7

Eureka Math Grade 1 Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key

Use the paper strip provided by your teacher to measure each picture. Circle the words you need to make the sentence true. Then, fill in the blank.

Question 1.
Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key 20
The sundae is Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key table 3 the paper strip.

Answer:
The sundae is longer than the paper strip.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the sundae is Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1 the paper strip.
Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key 21

The spoon is Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key table 4 the paper strip.
The spoon is ___ the sundae.

Answer:
The spoon is shorter than the sundae.

Explanation:
The spoon is Eureka-Math-Grade-1-Module-3-Lesson-2-Problem-Set-Answer-Key-table-1-2the sundae.

Question 2.
Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key 22
The
The balloon is ____________________________ the cake.

Answer:
The balloon is shorter than the cake.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the balloon is shorter than the cake.

Question 3.
Eureka Math 1st Grade Module 3 Lesson 2 Homework Answer Key 23
The ball is shorter than the paper strip.
So, the shoe is ___ the ball.

Answer:
The shoe is longer than the ball.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the shoe is longer than the ball.

Use the measurements from Problems 1–3. Circle the word that makes the sentences true.

Question 4.
The spoon is (longer/shorter) than the cake.

Answer:
The spoon is shorter than the cake.

Question 5.
The balloon is (longer/shorter) than the sundae.

Answer:
The balloon is longer than the sundae.

Question 6.
The shoe is (longer/shorter) than the balloon.

Answer:
The shoe is longer than the balloon.

Question 7.
Order these objects from shortest to longest:
cake, spoon, and paper strip
_______ _________ __________

Answer:
Spoon, cake, and paper strip.

Explanation:
The order of these objects from shortest to longest is Spoon, cake, and paper strip.

Draw a picture to help you complete the measurement statements. Circle the word that makes each statement true.

Question 8.
Marni’s hair is shorter than Wesley’s hair.
Marni’s hair is longer than Bita’s hair.
Bita’s hair is (longer/shorter) than Wesley’s hair

Answer:
Bita’s hair is shorter than Wesley’s hair.

Explanation:
Given that Marni’s hair is shorter than Wesley’s hair and Marni’s hair is longer than Bita’s hair, so Bita’s hair is shorter than Wesley’s hair.

Question 9.
Elliott is shorter than Brady.
Sinclair is shorter than Elliott.
Brady is (taller/shorter) than Sinclair.

Answer:
Brady is taller than Sinclair.

Explanation:
Given that Elliott is shorter than Brady and Sinclair is shorter than Elliott, so Brady is taller than Sinclair.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000

Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Numbers to 1,000

Numbers to 1,000 Show What you know

Identify Numbers to 30

Write how many.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 0.1

Answer:
Leaves = 17.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
there are 17 leaves.
so leaves = 17.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 0.2

Answer:
bug = 24.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
there are 24 bugs.
so bug = 24.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2

Place Value: 2-Digit Numbers

Circle the value of the red digit.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 1

Answer:
The value of the red digit = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
the place value of 2 digits.
the number is 47.
so the value of the red digit = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 2

Answer:
The value of the red digit = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
the place value of 2 digits.
the number is 84.
so the value of the red digit = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-4

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 3

Answer:
The value of the red digit = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
the place value of 2 digits.
the number is 65.
so the value of the red digit = 6
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-5

Compare 2-Digit Numbers Using Symbols
Compare. Write >, <, or =.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 4

Answer:
42 is greater than 37.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The numbers are 37, 42.
42 is greater than 37.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-6

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 5

Answer:
40 is less than 33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The numbers are 33, 40.
40 is less than 33.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-7

Numbers to 1,000 Vocabulary Builder

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 6

Visualize It

Fill in the boxes of the graphic organizer.
Write sentences using fewer and more.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 7

Answer:
Fewer.
9 pens are fewer than 11 pens.
3 pens are fewer than 6 pens.
More:
11 pens are more than 9 pens.
6 pens are more than 3 pens.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that the words more and fewer.
Fewer.
9 pens are fewer than 11 pens.
3 pens are fewer than 6 pens.
More:
11 pens are more than 9 pens.
6 pens are more than 3 pens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-8

Understand Vocabulary

Use the review words. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
3 and 9 are digits in the number 39.

Answer:
3 and 9 are digits in the number 39.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 and 9 are digits in the number 39.

Question 2.
7 is in the _ones__ place in the number 87.

Answer:
7 is in the ones place in the number 87.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that the place values.
7 is in the ones place in the number 87.

Question 3.

8 is in the ___ place in the number 87.

Answer:
8 is in the tens place in the number 87.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that the place values.
8 is in the tens place in the number 87.

Numbers to 1,000 Game: Fish for Digits

Materials
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 12

Play with a partner.

1. Name a place for a digit. You can say tens place or ones place. Toss the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 13
2. Match the number on the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 14 and the place that you named with a fish.
3. Put a Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 14.1 on that fish. Take turns.
4. Match all the fish. The player with more Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 15 on the board wins.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 16

Answer:
1.The dice is in the tens place.
2. The dice named with the fish is 53.
3. The red on the fish is 53.

Explanation:
1.The dice is in the tens place.
2. The dice named with the fish is 53.
3. The red on the fish is 53.

Numbers to 1,000 Vocabulary Game

Going Places with GOMATH! Words

Guess the Word

For 3 to 4 players
Materials
• timer

How to Play

1. Take turns to play.
2. Choose a math word, but do not say it aloud.
3. Set the timer for 1 minute.
4. Give a one-word clue about your word. Give each player one chance to guess your word.
5. If nobody guesses correctly, repeat Step 4 with a different clue. Repeat until a player guesses the word or time runs out.
6. The first player to guess the word gets 1 point. If the player can use the word in a sentence, he or she gets 1 more point. Then that player gets a turn.
7. The first player to score 5 points wins.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 17

The Write Way

Reflect
Choose one idea. Write about it in the space below.

  • Draw and write about all the different ways you can show the number 482. Use a separate piece of paper for your drawing.
  • Explain how to compare two numbers.
  • Write sentences that include at least two of these terms.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 17.1
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 17.2
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 17.3

Answer:
a. 400 + 80 + 2.
400 + 0 + 82.
300 + 180 + 2
200 + 280 + 2
100 + 380 + 2
b. 9 is greater than 3.
6 is less than 10.
c. 2 is in the tens place is the digit 27.
400 + 80 + 2 is equal to the 482.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given words are placed value, is equal to, hundreds, and thousands.
a. 400 + 80 + 2.
400 + 0 + 82.
300 + 180 + 2
200 + 280 + 2
100 + 380 + 2
b. 9 is greater than 3.
6 is less than 10.
c. 2 is in the tens place is the digit 27.
400 + 80 + 2 is equal to the 482.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-9

Lesson 2.1 Group Tens as Hundreds

Essential Question
How do you group tens as hundreds?

Answer:
Ten groups of 10’s are 100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
give that,
group 10’s as 100.
so 10 groups of 10’s are 100.

Listen and Draw
Circle groups of ten. Count the groups of ten.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 20

Answer:
Ten groups of 10’s are 100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
give that,
group 10’s as 100.
so 10 groups of 10’s are 100.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-1

Math Talk

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe How many ones are in 3 tens? How many ones are in 7 tens? Explain.

Answer:
30 ones are in 3 tens.
7 ones are in 7 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that
30 ones are in 3 tens.
7 ones are in 7 tens.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write how many tens. Circle groups of 10 tens. Write how many hundreds. Write the number.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 21

Answer:
20 tens.
2 hundred.
The number is 200.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 20 tens.
2 hundred.
The number is 200.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 22

Answer:
30 tens.
3 hundred.
The number is 300.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 30 tens.
3 hundred.
The number is 300.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 23

Answer:
40 tens.
4 hundred.
The number is 400.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 40 tens.
4 hundred.
The number is 400.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-4

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 24

Answer:
50 tens.
5 hundred.
The number is 500.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 50 tens.
5 hundred.
The number is 500.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-5

On Your Own

Write how many tens. Circle groups of 10 tens. Write how many hundreds. Write the number.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 25

Answer:
70 tens.
7 hundred.
The number is 700.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 70 tens.
7 hundred.
The number is 700.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-6

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 26

Answer:
60 tens.
6 hundred.
The number is 600.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 60 tens.
6 hundred.
The number is 600.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-7

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 27

Answer:
90 tens.
9 hundred.
The number is 900.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 90 tens.
9 hundred.
The number is 900.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-8

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Wally has 400 cards. How many stacks of 10 cards can he make?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 28

Answer:
Wally can make 4 stacks of 10 cards.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
Wally has 400 cards.
wally can make 4 stacks of 10 cards.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-9

Problem Solving • Applications

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 9.
Mrs. Martin has 80 boxes of paper clips. There are 10 paper clips in each box. How many paper clips does she have?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 29
800__ paper clips

Answer:
The paper clips Mrs. Martin has 800.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that
Mrs. Martin has 80 boxes of paper clips.
There are 10 paper clips in each box.
The paper clips do she have = 800.

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Pencils are sold in boxes of 10 pencils. Mr. Lee needs 100 pencils. He has 40 pencils. How many boxes of 10 pencils should he buy?
__ boxes of 10 pencils
Draw a picture to explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 30

Answer:
6 boxes of 10 pencils should he buy.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
Pencils are sold in boxes of 10 pencils.
Mr. Lee needs 100 pencils.
He has 40 pencils.
6 boxes of 10 pencils should he buy.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-10

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to draw a quick picture of 20 tens and then tell you how many hundreds there are.

Group Tens as Hundreds Homework & Practice 2.1

Write how many tens. Circle groups of 10 tens. Write how many hundreds. Write the number.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 31

Answer:
40 tens.
4 hundred.
The number is 400.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 40 tens.
4 hundred.
The number is 400.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-11

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 32

Answer:
60 tens.
6 hundred.
The number is 600.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that
there are 60 tens.
6 hundred.
The number is 600.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.1-12

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 3.
Farmer Gray has 30 flowerpots. He plants 10 seeds in each pot. How many seeds does he plant?
_300__ seeds

Answer:
The seeds do he plant = 300.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that farmer, gray has 30 flower pots.
He plants 10 seeds in each pot.
He plants 300 seeds.

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Ella has 50 stacks of ten pennies in each stack. Describe how to find how many pennies Ella has in all.
________50 ten_____________________________
_________5 hundreds____________________________
__________500___________________________
_____________________________________

Answer:
Ella has in all = 500.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that Ella has 50 stacks of 10 pennies in each stack.
Ella has in all = 500.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mai has 40 tens. Write how many hundreds. Write the number.

Answer:
The number is 4.

Explanation:
Given that,
Mari has 40 tens,
Mari has 4 hundred.

Question 2.
There are 80 tens. Write how many hundreds. Write the number.

Answer:
The number is 8.

Explanation:
Given that,
Mari has 80 tens,
Mari has 8 hundred.

Question 3.
Write the number equal to 5 tens and 13 ones.

Answer:
The number is 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
The number equal to 5 tens and 13 ones.
The number is 63.

Question 4.
Count by fives.
5, 10, 15
_20_, _25_, _30_, _35__

Answer:
20, 25, 30, 35.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that count by fives.
The numbers are 5, 10, and 15.
20, 25, 30, and 35.

Question 5.
Carlos has 58 pencils. What is the value of the digit 5 in this number?
__________tens_____place______________________

Answer:
The value of the digit 5 in this number is tens place.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
Carlos has 58 pencils.
The value of the digit 5 in the number is tens place.

Question 6.
Circle the sum that is an even number.
2 + 3 = 5
4 + 4 = 8
5 + 6 = 11
8 + 7 = 15

Answer:
The sum that is an even number is 4 + 4 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that the numbers are
2 + 3 = 5
4 + 4 = 16
5 + 6 = 11
8 + 7 = 15.
4 + 4 = 8 is even number.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.2-1

Lesson 2.3 Model 3-Digit Numbers

Essential Question
How do you show a 3-digit number using blocks?

Answer:
3 packs of blocks are 300.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that
we show a 3-digit number by using blocks.
we use 3 packs of blocks.
300.

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 33 Draw to show what you did.

Math Talk

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

If Jack had 14 tens, how many hundreds and tens would he have? Explain

Model and Draw

In the number 348, the 3 is in the hundreds place, the 4 is in the tens place, and the 8 is in the ones place.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 34

Answer:
The number is 348.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 348 in many ways.
300 + 40 + 8 = 348.

Share and Show MATH Board

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones. Show with Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 35. Then draw a quick picture.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 35.1

Answer:
The number is 111.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 111 with 1 hundred, 1 ten, 1 one.
100 + 10 + 1 = 111.

Question 1.
234
_2_ hundreds + _3_ tens + _4_ ones

Answer:
The number is 234.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 234 with 2 hundred, 3 ten, 4 one.
200 + 30 + 4 = 234.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-1

Question 2.
156
_1_ hundreds + _5_ tens + _6_ ones

Answer:
The number is 156.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 156 with 1 hundred, 5 ten, 6 one.
100 + 50 + 6 = 234.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-2

On Your Own

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones.
Show with Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 36. Then draw a quick picture.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 37

Answer:
The number is 111.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 111 with 1 hundred, 1 ten, 1 one.
100 + 10 + 1 = 111.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-3

Question 3.
125
_1_ hundreds + _2_ tens + _5_ ones

Answer:
The number is 125.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 125 with 1 hundred, 2 ten, 5 one.
100 + 20 + 5 = 125.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-4

Question 4.
312
_3_ hundreds + _1_ tens + _2_ ones

Answer:
The number is 312.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 312 with 3 hundred, 1 ten, 2 one.
300 + 10 + 2 = 312.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-5

Question 5.
_6_ hundreds + _2_ tens + _3_ ones

Answer:
The number is 623.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 623 with 6 hundred, 2 ten, 3 one.
600 + 20 + 3 = 623.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-6

Question 6.
_5_ hundreds + _1_ tens + _2_ ones

Answer:
The number is 512.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 512 with 5 hundred, 1 ten, 2 one.
500 + 10 + 2 = 512.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-7

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Lexi needs 144 beads. A large box holds 100 beads. A medium box holds 10 beads. A small box holds 1 bead. Lexi already had 1 large box and 4 small boxes. How many medium boxes of beads does she need?
_4_ medium boxes.

Answer:
Lexi needs 4 medium boxes of beads.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
Lexi needs 144 beads.
A large box holds 100 beads.
a medium box holds 10 beads.
small box holds 1 bead.
so Lexi needs 4 medium boxes of beads.
100 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 4.

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
How are the numbers 342 and 324 alike? How are they different?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 38
________________________
________________________
________________________

Answer:
The numbers 342 and 324 are different.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
342 and 324 are alike.
but they are different.
in hundreds place 3 is common, but tens and ones place is different.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Model with Mathematics

write the number for the clue.

Question 9.
A model for my number has 2 hundred blocks, no tens blocks, and 3 one blocks.
My number is _203_

Answer:
My number is 203.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
A model for my number has 2 hundred blocks, no tens blocks, and 3 one blocks.
my number is 203.

Question 10.
A model for my number has 3 hundred blocks, 5 tens blocks, and no one’s blocks.
My number is _350_

Answer:
My number is 350.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
A model for my number has 3 hundred blocks, 5 tens blocks, and no one blocks.
my number is 350.

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
There are 2 boxes of 100 pencils and some single pencils on the table. Choose all the numbers that show how many pencils could be on the table.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 39

Answer:
The pencils are 203, 207.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 2 boxes of 100 pencils and some single pencils on the table.
single pencils are 3 and 7.
The pencils are 203, 207.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-8

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write the number 438. Have your child tell you the values of the digits in the number 438.

Model 3-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 2.3

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones. Show with Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 40. Then draw a quick picture.

Question 1.
118
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 41

Answer:
The number is 118.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 118 with 1 hundred, 1 ten, 8 one.
100 + 10 + 8 = 118.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-9

Question 2.
246
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 42

Answer:
The number is 246.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 246 with 2 hundred, 4 ten, 6 one.
200 + 40 + 6 = 246.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-10

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Write the number that matches the clues.
• My number has 2 hundred.
• The tens digit is 9 more than the ones digit.
My number is _293__
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 43

Answer:
The number is 293.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 293 with 2 hundred, 9 ten, 3 one.
200 + 90 + 3 = 293.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-11

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Write a 3-digit number using digits 2, 9, 4. Draw a quick picture to show the value of your number.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-12

Answer:
The number is 249.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 249 with 2 hundred, 4 ten, 9 one.
200 + 40 + 9 = 249.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What number is shown with these blocks?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 45

Answer:
The number is 246.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 246 with 2 hundred, 4 ten, 6 one.
200 + 40 + 6 = 246.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-13

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Write the number with the same value as 28 tens.
______0__+ ____28____+______0_______________

Answer:
The number is 28.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 28 with 0 hundred, 28 ten, 0 one.
0 + 28+ 0 = 28.

Question 3.
Describe 59 in two other ways.
_5_ tens _9_ ones _5_ + _9_

Answer:
The number is 59.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 59 with 0 hundred, 5 ten, 9 one.
0 + 5+ 9= 59.

Question 4.
Circle the odd number.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 46

Answer:
The odd number is 11.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
circle the odd number.
the numbers are 11, 12, 18, 20.
an odd number is 11.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.3-14

Question 5.
Write the number equal to 7 tens and 3 ones.
____73__________

The number is 73.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 73 with 0 hundred, 7 ten, 3 one.
0 + 7 + 3= 73.

Lesson 2.4 Hundreds, Tens, and Ones

Essential Question
How do you write the 3-digit number that is shown by a set of blocks?

Listen and Draw

Write the number of hundreds, tens, and ones. Then draw a quick picture.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 47

Answer:
The number is 246.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 246 with 2 hundred, 4 ten, 6 one.
200 + 40 + 6 = 246.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-1

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 48

Answer:
The number is 264.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 264 with 2 hundred, 6 ten, 4 one.
200 + 60 + 4 = 264.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-2

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe how the two numbers are alike.
Describe how they are different.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model. Write the number in two ways.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 49

Answer:
The number is 160.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 160 with 1 hundred, 6 ten, 0 one.
100 + 60 + 0 = 160.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 50

Answer:
The number is 225.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 225 with 2 hundred, 2 ten, 5 one.
200 + 20 + 5 = 225.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-4

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 51

Answer:
The number is 239.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 239 with 2 hundred, 3 ten, 9 one.
200 + 30 + 9 = 239.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-5

On Your Own

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model. Write the number in two ways.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 52

Answer:
The number is 304.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 304 with 3 hundred, 0 ten, 4 one.
300 + 0 + 4 = 304.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-6

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 53

Answer:
The number is 378.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 378 with 3 hundred, 7 ten, 8 one.
300 + 7 + 8 = 378.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-7

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 54

Answer:
The number is 426.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 426 with 4 hundred, 2 ten, 6 one.
400 + 2 + 6 = 426.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-8

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER A model for my number has 4 ones blocks, 5 tens blocks, and 7 hundreds blocks. What number am I?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 55

Answer:
The number is 754.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 754 with 7 hundred, 5 ten, 4 one.
700 + 5 + 4 = 754.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 8.
GO DEEPER
The hundreds digit of my number is greater than the tens digit. The ones digit is less than the tens digit. What could my number be? Write it in two ways.
__3__ + _2___ + __1__
_321___

Answer:
The number is 321.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 321 with 3 hundred, 2 ten, 1 one.
300 + 2 + 1 = 321.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Karen has these bags of marbles. How many marbles does Karen have?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 56
___ marbles
Explain how you used the picture to find the number of marbles Karen has.
________200___+___30____+_____0______________
__________230___________________________
_____________________________________

Answer:
230 marbles.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
Karen has 2 bags with 100 marbles.
3 bags of 10 marbles.
Karen has 230 marbles.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Say a 3-digit number, such as 546.
Have your child draw a quick picture for that number.

Answer:
The number is 546.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 546 with 5 hundred, 4 ten, 3 one.
500 + 4 + 6 = 546.

Hundreds, Tens, and Ones homework & Practice 2.4

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model. Write the number in two ways.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 57

Answer:
The number is 143.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 143 with 1 hundred, 4 ten, 3 one.
100 + 4 + 3 = 143.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-9

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 58

Answer:
The number is 245.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 245 with 2 hundred, 4 ten,  5 one.
200 + 4 + 5 = 245.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-10

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Write the number that answers the riddle. Use the chart. A model for my number has 6 ones blocks, 2 hundreds blocks, and 3 tens blocks. What number am I?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 59

Answer:
The number is 236.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 236 with 2 hundred, 3 ten,  6 one.
200 + 3 + 6 = 236.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-11

Question 4.
WRITE Math Write a number that has a zero in the tens place. Draw a quick picture for your number.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 60

Answer:
The number is 206.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 206 with 2 hundred, 0 ten,  6 one.
200 + 0 + 6 = 206.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-12

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number 254 as a sum of hundreds, tens, and ones.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 61

Answer:
The number is 254.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 254 with 2 hundred, 5 ten,  4 one.
200 + 5 + 4 = 254.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-13

Question 2.
Write the number 307 as a sum of hundreds, tens, and ones.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 62

Answer:
The number is 307.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 307 with 3 hundred, 0 ten,  7 one.
300 + 0 + 7 = 307.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-14

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Describe 83 in two other ways.
_8__ tens _3_ ones
__80_ + _3__

Answer:
The number is 83.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 83 with  8 ten,  3 one.
80+ 3 = 83.

Question 4.
Write 86 in words.
__Eightysix________

Answer:
The number is 86.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 86 with  8 ten,  6 one.
80+ 6 = 86.

Question 5.
Write the number with the same value as 32 tens.
_________________

Answer:
The number is 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 32 with  32 ten,  0 one.
32+ 0 = 32.

Question 6.
Circle the odd number.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 63

Answer:
An odd number is 17.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given numbers are:
2, 6, 10, and 17.
17 is an odd number.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.4-15

Lesson 2.5 Place Value to 1,000

Essential Question
How do you know the values of the digits in numbers?

Listen and Draw

Write the numbers. Then draw quick pictures.
__ sheets of color paper
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.1

Answer:
Sheets of color paper = 203.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
draw a quick picture.
so, I am assuming 203.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-1

__ sheets of plain paper
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.2

Answer:
Sheets of plain paper = 543.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
draw a plain picture.
so, I am assuming 543.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-2

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe how 5 tens is different from 5 hundred.

Model and Draw

The place of a digit in a number tells its value.
The 3 in 327 has a value of 3 hundred, or 300.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.3
The 2 in 327 has a value of 2 tens, or 20.
The 7 in 327 has a value of 7 ones, or 7.

There are 10 hundreds in 1 thousand
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.4
The 1 is in the thousands place and has a value of 1 thousand.

Share and Show

Circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.

Question 1.
702
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.5

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 2 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 2 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-3

Question 2.
459
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.6

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 50.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 5 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-4

Question 3.
362
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.7

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 300.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 3 hundred.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-5

On Your Own

Circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.

Question 4.
549
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.8

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 40.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 4 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-6

Question 5.
607
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.9

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 7ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 7 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-7

Question 6.
1,000
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.10

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 1 thousand.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 1 thousand.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-8

Question 7.
914
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.11

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 9 hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 9 hundred.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-9

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
The value of the ones digit in George’s favorite number is 2. The value of the hundreds digit is 600 and the value of the tens digit is 90. Write George’s favorite number.
_692___

Answer:
George’s favorite number is 692.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
The value of the one-digit in George’s favorite number is 2.
The value of the hundreds digit is 600.
value of the tens digit is 90.
George’s favorite number is 692.

Question 9.
GO DEEPER
Write the number that matches the clues.

  • The value of my hundreds digit is 300.
  • The value of my tens digit is 0.
  • The value of my ones digit is an even number greater than 7.

The number is _308___

Answer:
The number is 308.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The value of my hundred digits is 300.
value of my tens digit is 0.
value of my one digit is an even number greater than 7 is 8.
The number is 308.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Ty is making a Venn diagram. Where in the diagram should he write the other numbers?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.12
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.13

Answer:
The numbers with a 5 in the tens place are 152, 454, 257, 352, and 250.
The numbers with a 2 in the hundreds place are 215, 257, 205, and 250.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
The numbers are 152, 215, 454, 257, 352, 205, and 250.
In a Venn diagram,
The numbers with a 5 in the tens place are 152, 454, 257, 352, and 250.
The numbers with a 2 in the hundreds place are 215, 257, 205, and 250.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-10

Question 11.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Apply Describe where 752 should be written in the diagram. Explain your answer.
__________________
_________________________
_________________________

Answer:
The number 752 should be written in the numbers with a 5 in the tens place.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
the number 752 should be written in the Venn diagram.
The number 752 should be written in the numbers with a 5 in the tens place.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-11

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
Fill in the bubble next to all the numbers that have the digit 4 in the tens place
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.14

Answer:
The numbers that have the digit 4 in the tens place are 149, 342.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers that have the digit 4 in the tens place.
The numbers that have the digit 4 in the tens place are 149, 342.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-12

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to write 3-digit numbers, such as “a number with 2 hundreds” and “a number with a 9 in the ones place.”

Place Value to 1,000 Homework & Practice 2.5

Circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.15

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 30.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 3 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-13

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.16

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 2 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 2 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-14

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.17

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 5 hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 5 hundred.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-15

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.18

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 7 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 7 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-16

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.19

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 5 hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 5 hundred.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-17

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Write the 3-digit number that answers the riddle.

Answer:
The number is 454.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that,
I have the same hundreds of digits as one digit.
The value of my tens digit is 50.
The value of my ones digit is 4.
So the number is 454.

  • I have the same hundreds digit as ones digit.
  • The value of my tens digit is 50.
  • The value of my ones digit is 4. The number is ____

Question 7.
WRITE Math What is the value of 5 in 756? Write and draw to explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.20
_________________________
_________________________

Answer:
The value of 5 in 756 = 50.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 756.
7 is in the hundreds place.
6 is in one place.
so the value of 5 in 756 is tens place.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-18

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the value of the underlined digit?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.21

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 3 hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 3 hundred.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-19

Question 2.
What is the meaning of the underlined digit?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.22

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 4 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 4 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-20

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What number can be written as 40 + 5?
_________45________________

Answer:
The number can be written as 45.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 40 + 5.
so the number can be written as 45.

Question 4.
What number has the same value as 14 tens?
____140_____________________

Answer:
The number can be written as 140.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 100+ 40.
so the number can be written as 140.

Question 5.
Write the number described by 1 ten 16 ones.
_______26__________________

Question 6.
Circle the even number.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 64.23

Answer:
The even number is 16.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that
the numbers are 7, 16, 21, and 25.
7, 21, and 25 are odd numbers.
16 is an even number.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.5-21

Lesson 2.6 Number Names

Essential Question
How do you write 3-digit numbers using words?

Listen and Draw

Write the missing numbers in the chart. Then find and circle the word form of these numbers below.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 71

Answer:
The missing numbers in the chart are 11, 14, 29, 35, 46, and 52.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
The missing numbers are 11, 14, 29, 35, 46, and 52.
circle the word form of the numbers below.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-1

HOME CONNECTION
• In this activity, your child reviewed the word form of numbers less than 100.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Explain Describe how to use words to write the number with a 5 in the tens place and a 7 in the ones place.

Answer:
The number is 57.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number with a 5 in the tens place and a 7 in the one’s place is 57.

Model and Draw

You can use words to write 3-digit numbers. First, look at the hundreds digit. Then, look at the tens digit and ones digit together.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 72

Share and Show MATH Board

Write the number using words.

Question 1.
506
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 73

Answer:
The number is 506.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 506.
so we have to write five hundred six.

Question 2.
189
__One hundred____Eighty-nine.____

Answer:
The number is 189.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 189.
so we have to write one hundred eighty-nine.

Question 3.
328
__________

Answer:
The number is 328.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 328.
so we have to write three hundred twenty-eight.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-2

Write the number

Question 4.
four hundred fifteen

Answer:
The number is 415

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 415
so we have to write 415.

Question 5.
two hundred ninety-one
___491_______

Answer:
The number is 291.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 291.
so we have to write 291.

Question 6.
six hundred three
____603______

Answer:
The number is 603.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 603.
so we have to write 603.

Question 7.
eight hundred forty-seven
___847_______

Answer:
The number is 847.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 847.
so we have to write 847.

On Your Own

Write the number

Question 8.
seven hundred seventeen
__717____

Answer:
The number is 717.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 717.
so we have to write 717.

Question 9.
three hundred ninety
__390____

Answer:
The number is 390.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 390.
so we have to write 390.

Write the number using words.

Question 10.
568
__five hundred sixty-eight.________

Answer:
The number is five hundred sixty-eight

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is five hundred sixty-eight.
so we have to write five hundred sixty-eight.

Question 11.
321
__ three hundred twenty-one.________

Answer:
The number is three hundred twenty-one.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is three hundred twenty-one.
so we have to write three hundred twenty one.

Question 12.
GO DEEPER My 3-digit number has a 4 in the hundreds place. It has a greater digit in the tens place than in the ones place. The sum of the digits is 6.
What is my number? ___420___________
Write the number using words. _four hundred twenty.__________

Answer:
The number is 420.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the 3-digit number has a 4 in the hundreds place.
It has a greater digit in the tens place than in the ones place.
The sum of digits is 6.
The number is 420.

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER Alma counts two hundred sixty-eight leaves. Which is another way to write this number? Circle your answer.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 74

Answer:
The number is 200 + 60 + 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Alma counts two hundred sixty-eight leaves.
Another way to write this number is 200 + 60 + 8.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-3

Problem Solving • Applications

Connect Symbols and Words

Circle the answer for each problem.

Question 14.
Derek counts one hundred ninety cars. Which is another way to write this number?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 74.1

Answer:
The number is 100 + 90 + 0.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Derek counts one hundred ninty.
The another way to write this number is 100 + 90 + 0.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-4

Question 15.
Beth counted three hundred fifty-six straws. Which is another way to write this number?
3 + 5 + 6
30 + 50 + 60
300 + 50 + 6

Answer:
The number is 300 + 50 + 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Derek counts Three hundred fifty-six straws.
The another way to write this number is 300 + 50 + 6.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
There are 537 chairs at the school. Write this number using words.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 75

Show the number in two other ways.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 76

Answer:
The number is 500 + 30 + 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Derek counts five hundred thirty-seven straws.
The another way to write this number is 500 + 30 + 7.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-5

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to write the number 940 using words.

Number Names Homework & Practice 2.6

Write the number

Question 1.
two hundred thirty-two
____232______

Answer:
The number is 232.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 232.
so we have to write two hundred thirty-two.

Question 2.
five hundred forty-four
_544_____

Answer:
The number is 544.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 544.
so we have to write five hundred forty-four.

Question 3.
one hundred fifty-eight
____158_____

Answer:
The number is 158.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 158.
so we have to write one hundred fifty-eight.

Question 4.
nine hundred fifty
__950____

Answer:
The number is 950.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 950.
so we have to write nine hundred fifty.

Question 5.
four hundred twenty
___420________

Answer:
The number is 420.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 420.
so we have to write four hundred twenty.

Question 6.
six hundred seventy-eight
__678____

Answer:
The number is 678.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 678.
so we have to write six hundred seventy eight.

Write the number using words.

Question 7.
317
_Three hundred seventeen._

Answer:
The number is 317.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 317.
so we have to write three hundred seventeen.

Problem Solving

Circle the answer.

Question 8.
Six hundred twenty-six children attend Elm Street School. Which is another way to write this number?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 77

Answer:
The number is 600 + 20 + 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
six hundred twenty-six attend EIm street school.
Another way to write this number is 600 + 20 + 6.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-6

Question 9.
WRITE Math Write a 3-digit number using the digits 5, 9, and 2. Then write your number using words.
_________592.____________________________

Answer:
The number is Five hundred ninety-two.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number is Five hundred ninety-two.
Another way to write this number is 500 + 90 + 2.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number 851 in words.
_eight hundred fifty-one.___________

Answer:
The number is eight hundred fifty-one.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number is Five hundred fifty-one.
Another way to write this number is 500 + 50 + 1.

Question 2.
Write the number two hundred sixty using numbers.
___260_________

Answer:
The number is 260.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number is two hundred sixty.
Another way to write this number is 200 + 60 + 0.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write a number with the digit 8 in the tens place.
____284_________

Answer:
The number is 284.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number is two hundred eighty-four.
Another way to write this number is 200 + 80 + 4.

Question 4.
Write the number shown with these blocks.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 78

Answer:
The number is 245.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
number 245 with 2 hundred, 4 ten,  5 one.
200 + 40 + 5 = 245.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.6-7

Question 5.
Count by fives.
650, 655,
_660__, _665___, _670__

Answer:
The numbers are 660, 665, and 670.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given numbers are,
650, 655.
so the numbers are 660, 665, and 670.

Question 6.
Sam has 128 marbles. How many hundreds are in this number?
_1_ hundred.

Answer:
One hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sam has 128 marbles.
there is one hundred in this number.

Lesson 2.7 Different Forms of Numbers

Essential Question
What are three ways to write a 3-digit number?

Listen and Draw

Write the number. Use the digits to write how many hundreds, tens, and ones.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 79

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

How many hundreds are in 368? Explain.

Model and Draw

You can use a quick picture to show a number. You can write a number in different ways.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 80

Read the number and draw a quick picture. Then write the number in different ways.

Question 1.
four hundred seven
___ hundreds __ tens ___ ones
___ + ___ + ___
______

Answer:
The number is 407.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is four hundred seven.
400 + 0 + 7.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-1

Question 2.
three hundred twenty-five
___ hundreds __ tens ___ ones
___ + ___ + ___
______

Answer:
The number is 325.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is three hundred twenty-five.
300 + 20 + 5.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-2

Question 3.
two hundred fifty-three
_2__ hundreds _5_ tens _3__ ones
200___ + _50__ + _3__
__253____

Answer:
The number is 253.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is two hundred fifty-three.
200 + 50 + 3.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-1

On Your Own

Read the number and draw a quick picture. Then write the number in different ways.

Question 4.
one hundred seventy-two
___ hundreds __ tens ___ ones
___ + ___ + ___
______

Answer:
The number is 172.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is one hundred seventy-two.
100 + 70 + 2.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-3

Question 5.
three hundred forty-six
___ hundreds __ tens ___ ones
___ + ___ + ___
______

Answer:
The number is 546.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is five hundred forty-six.
500 + 40 + 6.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-1

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Think of a 3-digit number with a zero in the ones place. Use words to write that number.
___Five__hundred_____forty.___________

Answer:
The number is five hundred forty.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is five hundred forty.
500 + 40 + 0.

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Ellen used these blocks to show 452. What is wrong? Cross out blocks and draw quick pictures for missing blocks.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 81

Answer:
The number is four hundred fifty-two.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
one hundred blocks are missing, no one’s block.
400 + 50 + 2.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-4

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to show the number 315 in three different ways.

Different Forms of Numbers Homework & Practice 2.7

Read the number and draw a quick picture. Then write the number in different ways.

Question 1.
two hundred fifty-one
___ hundreds ___ tens ___one
___ + ____ + _____
_________

Answer:
The number is 2 hundreds 5 tens 1 ones.
200 + 50 + 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is two hundred fifty-one.
200 + 50 + 1.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-5

Question 2.
three hundred twelve
___ hundreds ___ tens ___one
___ + ____ + _____
_________

Answer:
The number is 3 hundreds 0 tens 12 ones.
300 + 0 + 12.
312.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is three hundred twelve.
300 + 0 + 12.

Problem Solving

Write the number another way.

Question 3.
200 + 30 + 7
_237________

Answer:
The number is 2 hundreds 30 tens 7 ones.
200 + 30 + 7.
237.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is two hundred thirty-seven.
200 + 30 + 7.

Question 4.
895
__800 + 90 + 5_______

Answer:
The number is 8 hundreds 9 tens 5 ones.
800 + 90 + 5.
895.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is eight hundred ninety-five.
800 + 90 + 5.

Question 5.
WRITE Math
Draw a quick picture of 3 hundreds, 5 tens, and 7 ones. What number does your quick picture show? Write it in three different ways.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 82

Answer:
The number is 3 hundreds 5 tens 7 ones.
300 + 50 + 7.
357.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is three hundred fifty-seven.
300 + 50 + 7.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-6

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number 392 as hundreds, tens, and ones.
__3__ hundreds __9_ tens _2_ ones

Answer:
The number is 3 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones.
300 + 90 + 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is three hundred ninety-two.
300 + 90 + 2.

Question 2.
What is another way to write the number 271?
__2__ hundreds __7_ tens _1_ ones

Answer:
The number is 2 hundreds 7 tens 1 ones.
200 + 70 + 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is three hundred ninety-two.
200 + 70 + 1.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the value of the underlined digit?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 83

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 5 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 5 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-7

Question 4.
What number is shown with these blocks?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 84

Answer:
The number is two hundred twelve.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number is two hundred twelve.

Question 5.
What is another way to write the number 75?
__70__ + _5__

Answer:
The number is 75.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 75.
70 + 5 = 75.

Question 6.
What number can be written as 60 + 3?
__63_____

Answer:
The number is 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 63.
60 + 3 = 63.

Numbers to 1,000 Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Circle tens to make 1 hundred. Write the number in different ways.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 85

Answer:
the number is1 hundred 3 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the tens are 13.
the number is i hundred 3 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-8

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model. Write the number in two ways.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 86

Answer:
the number is 2 hundred 4 tens 3 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the tens are 243.
the number is 2 hundred 4 tens 3 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-8

Circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 87

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 5 hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 5 hundred.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-9

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 88

Answer:
The value of the red digit is 4 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
circle the value or the meaning of the red digit.
The value of the red digit is 4 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-10

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Write the number six hundred forty-five in another way.

Answer:
The number is 645.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is six hundred forty-five.
600 + 40 + 5.

Lesson 2.8 Algebra • Different Ways to Show Numbers

Essential Question
How can you use blocks or quick pictures to show the value of a number in different ways?

Listen and Draw

Draw quick pictures to solve. Write how many tens and ones.
____ tens ____ ones

___ tens __ ones

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Model
Describe how you found different ways to show 35 books.

Model and Draw

Here are two ways to show 148.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 89

Share and Show

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model.

Question 1.
213
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 90

Answer:
a.There are 2 hundreds 1 tens 3 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 213.
There are 2 hundreds 0 tens 13 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-11

Answer:
b.There are 2 hundreds 0 tens 13 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 213.
There are 2 hundreds 0 ten13 ones.

Question 2.
132
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 90.1

Answer:
a.There are 1 hundreds 3 tens 2 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 132.
There are 1 hundreds 3 ten 2 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-12

Answer:
b.There are 1 hundreds 2 tens 12 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 132
There are 1 hundreds 2 ten12 ones.

On Your Own

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model.

Question 3.
144
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 90.3

Answer:
a.There are 1 hundred 4 tens 4 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 144.
There are 1 hundred 4 ten 4 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-13

Answer:
b.There are 1 hundred 3 tens 14 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 144.
There are 1 hundreds 3 ten14 ones.

Question 4.
204
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 91

Answer:
a.There are 1 hundreds 10 tens 4 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 204.
There are 1 hundreds 10 ten 4 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.7-14

Answer:
b.There are 2 hundreds 0 tens 4 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 204.
There are 2 hundreds 0 ten 4 ones.

Question 5.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Make Arguments
Sue said that 200 + 20 + 23 is the same as 200 + 30 + 3. Is she correct? Explain.
_____________________
_____________________
_____________________

Answer:
No sue was not correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given  question,
Given that,
Sue said that 200 + 20 + 23 is the same as 200 + 30 + 3.
200 + 20 + 23 = 243.
200 + 30 + 3 = 233.
No sue was not correct.

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Marbles are sold in boxes, in bags, or as single marbles. Each box has 10 bags of marbles in it. Each bag has 10 marbles in it.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 92

Answer:
A number of marbles = 100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Marbles are sold in boxes, in bags, or as single marbles.
Each box has 10 bags of marbles in it.
Each bag has 10 marbles in it.
A number of marbles = 100.

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Draw pictures to show two ways to buy 324 marbles.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 92.1

Answer:
a.There are 3 hundreds 2 tens 4 ones.
300 + 20 + 4.
Three hundred twenty-four.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 324.
There are 3 hundreds 2 tens 4 ones.
300 + 20 + 4.
Three hundred twenty-four.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-1

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
There is only one box of marbles in the store. There are many bags of marbles and single marbles. Draw a picture to show a way to buy 312 marbles.
How many boxes, bags, and single marbles did you show?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 93
_____________________________________
_____________________________________

Answer:
A number of marbles = 312.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Marbles are sold in boxes, in bags, or as single marbles.
Each box has 10 bags of marbles in it.
Each bag has 10 marbles in it.
A number of marbles = 312.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-2

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write the number 156. Have your child draw quick pictures of two ways to show this number.

Answer:
The number is 156.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 156.
100 + 50 + 6 = 156.
100 + 40 + 16 = 156.

Algebra • Different Ways to Show Numbers Homework & Practice 2.8

Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones are in the model.

Question 1.
135
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 94

Answer:
a.There are 1 hundred 3 tens 5 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 135.
There are 1 hundred 3 tens 5 ones.
Answer:
b.There are 1 hundred 2 tens 15 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the number is 135.
There are 1 hundreds 2 ten15 ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-3

Problem Solving

Markers are sold in boxes, packs, or as single markers. Each box has 10 packs. Each pack has 10 markers.

Question 2.
Draw pictures to show two ways to buy 276 markers.

Answer:
A number of marbles = 276.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Marbles are sold in boxes, in bags, or as single marbles.
Each box has 10 bags of marbles in it.
Each bag has 10 marbles in it.
A number of marbles = 276.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-4

Question 3.
WRITE Math Draw quick pictures to show the number 326.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 2 Answer Key Pdf Numbers to 1,000 95

Answer:
The number is three hundred twenty-six.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number is three hundred twenty-six.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-5

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number that can be shown with this many hundreds, tens, and ones.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 96

Answer:
the number is 1 hundred 2 tens 18 ones.
one hundred thirty-eight.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the tens are 138.
the number is 1 hundred 2 tens 18 ones.
one hundred thirty-eight.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-6

Question 2.
Write the number that can be shown with this many hundreds, tens, and ones.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 97

Answer:
the number is 2 hundred 15 tens 6 ones.
two hundred twenty-one.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the tens are 221.
the number is 2 hundred 15 tens 6 ones.
two hundred twenty-one.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-7

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What number can be written as 6 tens 2 ones?
__62_____

Answer:
The number is 62.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 62.
60 + 2 = 62.

Question 4.
What number can be written as 30 + 2?
___32____

Answer:
The number is 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 32.
30 + 2 = 32.

Question 5.
Write the number 584 in words.
_five hundred __eighty-four.___

Answer:
the number is 5 hundred 8 tens 4 ones.
five hundred eighty-four.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the tens are 584.
the number is 5 hundred 8 tens 4 ones.
five hundred eighty-four.

Question 6.
Write the number 29 in words.
__twenty- nine_______

Answer:
The number is 29.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 29.
20 + 9 = 29.

Lesson 2.9 Count On and Count Back by 10 and 100

Essential Question
How do you use place value to find 10 more, 10 less, 100 more, or 100 less than a 3-digit number?

Listen and Draw

Draw quick pictures for the numbers.

Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 98

Answer:
10 less than girls:
The number of girls = 263.
10 less than boys:
The number of boys = 142.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of girls = 273.
10 less than = 263.
The number of boys = 152.
10 less than = 142.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.8-8

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe how the two numbers are different.

Model and Draw

You can show 10 less or 10 more than a number by changing the digit in the tens place.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 99

You can show 100 less or 100 more than a number by changing the digit in the hundreds place.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 100

Share and Show

Write the number

Question 1.
10 more than 648
_658______

Answer:
The number is 658.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 more than 648.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 658.

Question 2.
100 less than 513
___413___

Answer:
The number is 413.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 less than 513.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 413.

Question 3.
100 more than 329
___429____

Answer:
The number is 429.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 429.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 429.

Question 4.
10 less than 827
____817_____

Answer:
The number is 817.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 827.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 817.

On Your Own

Question 5.
10 more than 471
_____481______

Answer:
The number is 481.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 more than 471.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 481.

Question 6.
10 less than 143
____133______

Answer:
The number is 133.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 143.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 133.

Question 7.
100 more than 555
____655_________

Answer:
The number is 655.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 555.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 655.

Question 8.
100 less than 757
_______657_____

Answer:
The number is 657.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 less than 757.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 657.

Question 9.
100 more than 900
___1000___

Answer:
The number is 1000.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 900.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 1000.

Question 10.
10 less than 689
____679_____

Answer:
The number is 679.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 689.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 679.

Question 11.
100 less than 712
___612______

Answer:
The number is 612.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 less than 712.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 612.

Question 12.
10 less than 254
_____244____

Answer:
The number is 244.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 254.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 244.

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Kyla wrote the riddle below. Fill in the blanks to make the sentence true.
__938___ is 10 less than 948 and 10 more than 958_____

Answer:
10 less than:
The number is 938.
10 more than:
The number is 958.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 948.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 938.
10 more than:
The number is 958.

Question 14.
THINK SMARTER
Rick has 10 more crayons than Lori. Lori has 136 crayons. Tom has 10 fewer crayons than Rick. How many crayons does each child have?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 101
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 101.1

Answer:
Rick has 146 crayons.
tom has 126 crayons.
Lori has 136 crayons.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that, Lori has 136 crayons.
Rick has 10 more crayons than Lori.
tom has 10 fewer crayons than Rick.
Rick has 146 crayons.
tom has 126 crayons.
Lori has 136 crayons.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.9-1

Problem Solving • Applications

Analyze Relationships

Question 15.
Juan’s book has 248 pages. This is 10 more pages than there are in Kevin’s book. How many pages are in Kevin’s book?
_238___ pages

Answer:
In Kevin’s book, there are 238.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
Juan’s book has 248 pages.
This is more pages than there in kevin’s book.

Question 16.
There are 217 pictures in Tina’s book. There are 100 fewer pictures in Mark’s book. How many pictures are in Mark’s book?
_317___ pages

Answer:
In mark’s book, there are 317 pictures.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
There are 217 pictures in Tina’s book.
There are 100 fewer pictures in mark’s book.
In mark’s book, there are 317 pictures.

Question 17.
GO DEEPER
Use the clues to answer the question.

  • Shawn counts 213 cars.
  • Maria counts 100 fewer cars than Shawn.
  • Jayden counts 10 more cars than Maria.

How many cars does Jayden count?
_123__ cars

Answer:
Jayden counts 123 cars.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Shawn counts 213 cars.
Maria counts 100 fewer cars than Shawn.
Jayden counts 10 more cars than Maria.
Jayden counts 123 cars.

Question 18.
THINK SMARTER
Rico has 235 stickers. Gabby has 100 more stickers than Rico. Thomas has 10 fewer stickers than Gabby. Write the number of stickers each child has.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 102

Answer:
Rico has 235 stickers.
Gabby has 335 stickers.
Thomas has 325 stickers.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Rico has 235 stickers.
Gabby has 100 more stickers than Rico.
Thomas has 10 fewer stickers than Gabby.
Rico has 235 stickers.
Gabby has 335 stickers.
Thomas has 325 stickers.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write the number 596. Have your child name the number that is 100 more than 596.

Answer:
The number is 696.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 596.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 696.

Count On and Count Back by 10 and 100 Homework & Practice 2.9

Write the number.

Question 1.
10 more than 451
__461________

Answer:
The number is 461.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 more than 451.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 461.

Question 2.
10 less than 770
___760______

Answer:
The number is 760.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 770.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 760.

Question 3.
100 more than 367
__467_______

Answer:
The number is 467.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 367.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 467.

Question 4.
100 less than 895
__795_______

Answer:
The number is 795.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 less than 895.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 795.

Question 5.
10 less than 812
__802______

Answer:
The number is 802.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 812.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 802.

Question 6.
100 more than 543
___553_______

Answer:
The number is 553.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 543.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 553.

Question 7.
10 more than 218
___228______

Answer:
The number is 228.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 more than 218.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 228.

Question 8.
100 more than 379
__389________

Answer:
The number is 389.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 379.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 389.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 9.
Sarah has 128 stickers. Alex has 10 fewer stickers than Sarah. How many stickers does Alex have?
_118___ stickers

Answer:
Alex has 118 stickers.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sarah has 128 stickers.
Alex has 10 fewer stickers than Sarah.
Alex has 118 stickers.

Question 10.
WRITE Math
Choose any 3-digit number. Describe how to find the number that is 10 more.
___373____
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 103

Answer:
The number is 373.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 more than 363.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 373.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number that is 10 less than 526.
___516______

Answer:
The number is 516

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
10 less than 526.
The value in the 10’s digit is changed.
The number is 526.

Question 2.
Write the number that is 100 more than 487.
__497_____

Answer:
The number is 497.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
100 more than 487.
The value in the 100’s digit is changed.
The number is 497.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write another way to describe 14 tens.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 104

Answer:
The number is 0 hundred 14 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 104.
100 + 4 = 104.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.9-2

Question 4.
What is the value of the underlined digit?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 105

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 8 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 8 tens.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.9-3

Question 5.
What number can be written as 30 + 5?
___35______

Answer:
The number is 35.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 35.
30 + 5 = 35.

Question 6.
What number can be written as 9 tens and 1 one?
___191_______

Answer:
The number is 91.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 91.
90 + 1 = 91.

Lesson 2.10 Algebra • Number Patterns

Essential Question
How does place value help you identify and extend counting patterns?

Listen and Draw

Shade the numbers in the counting pattern.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 106

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.9-4

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRAACTICES

Look for Structure What number is next in the counting pattern you see ? Explain.

Model and Draw

Look at the digits in the numbers. What two numbers are next in the counting pattern?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 107

The _100__ digit changes by one each time. The next two numbers are __514_ and __614_.

Answer:
The hundreds of digit changes by one each time.
the next two numbers are 514, and 614.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the hundreds digit is increased.
The next two numbers are 514, and 614.

Share and Show

Look at the digits to find the next two numbers.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 108
The next two numbers are _177_ and _187__

Answer:
The next two numbers are 177 and 187.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next two numbers are 177 and 187.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 109
The next two numbers are 645__ and _745__

Answer:
The next two numbers are 645 and 745.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next two numbers are 645 and 745.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 110
The next two numbers are 461__ and _471__

Answer:
The next two numbers are 461 and 471.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next two numbers are 461 and 471.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 111
The next two numbers are _789_ and __889_

Answer:
The next two numbers are 789 and 889.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next two numbers are 789 and 889.

On Your Own

Look at the digits to find the next two numbers.

Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 111.1

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 112
The next two numbers are _593_ and _693__

Answer:
The next two numbers are  593 and 693.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next two numbers are 593 and 693.

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 113
The next two numbers are _524_ and _534__

Answer:
The next two numbers are 524 and 534.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next two numbers are 524 and 534.

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 114
The next two numbers are _900_ and _1000__

Answer:
The next two numbers are  900 and 1000.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next two numbers are 900 and 1000.

Question 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 115
The next two numbers are _695_ and _705__

Answer:
The next two numbers are 695 and 705.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next two numbers are 695 and 705.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Mark read 203 pages.
Laney read 100 more pages than Mark. Gavin read 10 fewer pages than Laney. How many pages did Gavin read?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 116

Answer:
Gavin read 293 pages.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
Mark read 203 pages.
Lane read 100 more pages than Mark.
Gavin read 10 fewer pages than Laney.
Gavin read 293 pages
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.9-5.

Problem Solving • Applications

Solve.

Question 1.
GO DEEPER
There were 135 buttons in a jar. After Robin put more buttons into the jar, there were 175 buttons in the jar. How many groups of 10 buttons did she put into the jar?
___ groups of 10 buttons
Explain how you solved the problem.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________

Answer:
Robin put 3 groups of 10 buttons.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
Given that,
There were 135 buttons in a jar.
After robin put more buttons into the jar, there were 175 buttons in the jar.
Robin put 3 groups of 10 buttons.

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
Write the next number in each counting pattern.
162, 262, 362, 462, _562____

Answer:

Answer:
The next number is 562.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next  number is 562.

347, 357, 367, 377, _387___

Answer:
The next number is 387.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next  number is 387.

609, 619, 629, 639, _649__

Answer:
The next number is 649.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next number is 649.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• With your child, take turns writing number patterns in which you count on by tens or by hundreds.

Algebra • Number Patterns Homework & Practice 2.10

Look at the digits to find the next two numbers.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 117
The next two numbers are _272__ and _282__

Answer:
The next two numbers are  272 and 282.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next two numbers are 272 and 282.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 118
The next two numbers are _585__ and _685__

Answer:
The next two numbers are  585 and 685.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next two numbers are 585 and 685.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 119
The next two numbers are _828__ and _928__

Answer:
The next two numbers are  828 and 928.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next two numbers are 828 and 928.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 120
The next two numbers are _694__ and _704__

Answer:
The next two numbers are  694 and 704.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next two numbers are 694 and 704.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
What are the missing numbers in the pattern?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 121
The missing numbers are _471__ and _501__

Answer:
The missing numbers are 471 and 501.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The numbers are 431, 441, 451, 461,481, 491.
The missing numbers are 471 and 501.

Question 6.
WRITE Math How can you tell when a pattern shows counting on by tens?
_____________
_____________
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 122

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the next number in this pattern?
453, 463, 473, 483,
__493___

Answer:
The next number is 493.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 10 in 10’s place.
The next number is 493.

Question 2.
What is the next number in this pattern?
295, 395, 495, 595,
___695___

Answer:
The next number is 695.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are increasing by 100 in 100’s place.
The next number is 695.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write the number seven hundred fifty-one with digits.
_751__

Answer:
The number is 751.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that, the number is 751.
so we have to write 751.

Question 4.
What is the value of the underlined digit?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 123
____

Answer:
The value of the underlined digit is 1 hundred.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the value or the meaning of the underlined digit.
The value of the underlined digit is 1 hundred.

Question 5.
What is another way to write 56?
_5_ tens _6_ ones

Question 6.
Write the number 43 in tens and ones.
_4_ tens _3_ ones

Answer:
The number is 4 tens and 3 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 4 tens and 3 ones.
the number is 43.

Lesson 2.11 Problem Solving • Compare Numbers

Essential Question
How can you make a model to solve a problem about comparing numbers?

Children bought 217 boxes of chocolate milk and 188 boxes of plain milk. Did they buy more boxes of chocolate milk or plain milk?

Unlock the Problem
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 124
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 124.1

Answer:
Children bought 217 boxes of chocolate milk.
Children bought 188 boxes of plain milk.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
They bought more boxes of chocolate milk.
Children bought 217 boxes of chocolate milk.
Children bought 188 boxes of plain milk.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.11-1

Show how to solve the problem.
Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures of your models
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 125

The children bought more boxes of ___ milk.

Answer:
Children bought 217 boxes of chocolate milk.
Children bought 188 boxes of plain milk.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
They bought more boxes of chocolate milk.
Children bought 217 boxes of chocolate milk.
Children bought 188 boxes of plain milk.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.11-2

HOME CONNECTION
• Your child used base-ten blocks to represent the numbers in the problem. These models were used as a tool for comparing numbers to solve the problem.

Try Another Problem

Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures to show how you solved the problem.
v

Question 1.
At the zoo, there are 137 birds and 142 reptiles. Are there more birds or more reptiles at the zoo?
more _reptiles______

Answer:
There are more reptiles.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 137 birds and 142 reptiles.
there are more reptiles.

Question 2.
Tom’s book has 105 pages. Delia’s book has 109 pages. Whose book has fewer pages?
__Tom’s____ book

Answer:
Tom’s book has 105 pages.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Tom’s book has 105 pages.
Delia’s book has 109 pages.
Tom’s book has 105 pages.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Compare Explain what you did to solve the second problem.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures to show how you solved the problem.

Question 3.
Mary’s puzzle has 164 pieces. Jake’s puzzle has 180 pieces. Whose puzzle has more pieces?
__Jake’s____ puzzle

Answer:
Jake’s puzzle has more pieces.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mary’s puzzle has 164 pieces.
Jake’s puzzle has 180 pieces.
Jake’s puzzle has more pieces.
Question 4.
There are 246 people at the game. There are 251 people at the museum. At which place are there fewer people?
at the _game____

Answer:
There are fewer people at the game.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 246 people at the game.
there are 251 people at the museum.
There are fewer people at the game.

Question 5.
There are 131 crayons in a box. There are 128 crayons in a bag. Are there more crayons in the box or in the bag?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 127
in the _box___

Answer:
There are more crayons in the box.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 131 crayons in a box.
There are 128 crayons in a bag.
There are more crayons in the box.

Question 6.
There are 308 books in the first room. There are 273 books in the second room. In which room are there fewer books?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 128
in the _second__ room.

Answer:
In the second room, there are 273 books.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 308 books in the first room.
There are 273 books in the second room.
In the second room, there are 273 books.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
There are 748 children at Dan’s school. There are 651 children at Karen’s school. There are 763 children at Jason’s school. Which school has more than 759 children?
_Jason’s__ school
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 129

Answer:
In Jason’s school, there are 763 children.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 748 children at Dan’s school.
There are 651 children at Karen’s school.
There are 763 children at Jason’s school.
In Jason’s school, there are 763 children.

Question 8.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze There are 136 crayons in a box. Use the digits 4, 1, and 2 to write a number that is greater than 136.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 130
__142_______

Answer:
The number greater than 136 is 142.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 136 crayons in a box.
The number greater than 136 is 142.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Becky has 134 stamps. Sara has 129 stamps. Who has more stamps?
_____Becky________

Answer:
Becky has more stamps.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Becky has 134 stamps.
Sara has 129 stamps.
Becky has more stamps.

Sara buys 10 more stamps. Who has more stamps now?
_____Sara________

Answer:
Sara has more stamps.

Explanation:
In the above-given explanation,
given that,
Sara buys 10 more stamps.
Sara has more stamps now.
Draw quick pictures to show the stamps Becky and Sara have now.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 131

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to explain how he or she solved one of the problems on this page.

Problem Solving • Compare Numbers Homework & Practice 2.11

Model the numbers. Draw quick pictures to show how you solved the problem.

Question 1.
Lauryn has 128 marbles. Kristin has 118 marbles. Who has more marbles?
__Lauryn_______

Answer:
Lauryn has more marbles.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Lauryn has 128 marbles.
Kristin has 118 marbles.
Lauryn has more marbles.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.11-3

Question 2.
Nick has 189 trading cards. Kyle has 198 trading cards. Who has fewer cards?
__Nick_____

Answer:
Nick has fewer cards.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Nick has 189 cards.
Kyle has 198 cards.
Nick has fewer cards.

Question 3.
A piano has 36 black keys and 52 white keys. Are there more black keys or white keys on a piano?
__White Keys________

Answer:
There are more white keys.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A piano has 36 black keys and 52 white keys.
There are more white keys.

Question 4.
WRITE Math Draw to show how you can use models to compare 345 and 391.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 132

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.11-4

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gina has 245 stickers. Circle the number less than 245.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 133

Answer:
The number less than 245 is 239.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Gina has 245 stickers.
The numbers are 285, 254, 245, and 239.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.11-5

Question 2.
Carl’s book has 176 pages. Circle the number greater than 176.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 134

Answer:
The number greater than 176 is 203.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Carl’s book has 176 pages.
The numbers are 203, 174, 168, and 139.
The number greater than 176 is 203.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.11-6

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write 63 as a sum of tens and ones
__6_ + _3__

Answer:
The number has 6 tens and 3 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 63.
60 + 3 = 63.

Question 4.
Write the number 58 in tens and ones.
__5_ tens _8_ ones

Answer:
The number has 5 tens and 8 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question:
given that,
the number is 58.
50 + 8 = 58.

Question 5.
Mr. Ford drove 483 miles during his trip. How many hundreds are in this number?
__4__

Answer:
They are 4 hundred in 483.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mr. Ford drove 483 miles during his trip.
They are 4 hundred in 483.

Question 6.
Write 20 in words.
__twenty____

Answer:
The number is twenty.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Write 20 in words.
The number is twenty.

Lesson 2.12 Algebra • Compare Numbers

Essential Question
How do you compare 3-digit numbers?

Listen and Draw

Draw quick pictures to solve the problem.

More ___ were at the park.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Explain how you compared the numbers.

Share and Show

Compare the numbers. Write >, <, or =.

Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 136

Answer:
239 is greater than 179.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
179 is less than 239
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-1

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 137

Answer:
435 is less than 437.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
435 is less than 437.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-2

Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 138

Answer:
764 is greater than 674.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
764 is greater than 674.

Question 4.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 139

Answer:
519 is less than 572.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
519 is less than 572.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-3

On Your Own

Compare the numbers. Write >, <, or =.

Question 5.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 140

Answer:
378 is less than 504.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
378 is less than 504.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-4

Question 6.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 141

Answer:
821 is equal to 821.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
821 is equal to 821.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-5

Question 7.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 142

Answer:
560 is greater than 439.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
560 is greater than 439.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-6

Question 8.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 143

Answer:
934 is equal to 934.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
934 is equal to 934.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-7

THINK SMARTER Write the 3-digit numbers and compare the numbers. Use >, <, or =.

Question 9.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 144

Answer:
475 is equal to 475.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
475 is equal to 475.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-8

Question 10.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 145

Answer:
736 is greater than 687.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
736 is greater than 687.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-9

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use Reasoning Write a 3-digit number in the box that makes the comparison true.

Question 11.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 146

Answer:
526 is less than 670.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
526 is less than 670.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-10

Question 12.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 147

Answer:
319 is greater than 500.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
319 is greater than 500.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-11

Question 13.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 148

Answer:
526 is less than 782.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
526 is less than 782.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-12

Question 14.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 149

Answer:
90 is less than 131.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
90 is less than 131.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-13

Problem Solving • Applications

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 15.
THINK SMARTER
Mrs. York has 300 red stickers, 50 blue stickers, and 8 green stickers. Mr. Reed has 372 stickers. Who has more stickers?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 150

Answer:
Mr. Reed has more stickers.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mrs. York has 357 red stickers.
Mr. Reed has 372 stickers.
Mr. Reed has more stickers
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-14

Question 16.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze Jasmine has some number cards. Use the digits on these cards to make two 3-digit numbers. Use each digit only once. Compare
the numbers.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 151
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 152

Answer:
125 is less than 638.

Explanation:
In the above-given question.
given that,
Jasmine has 125 and 638 number cards.
125 is less than 638.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-15

Question 17.
THINK SMARTER
Is the comparison true? Choose Yes or No.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 153

Answer:
yes.
No.
No.
yes.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
453 is greater than 354.
253 is less than 164.
391 is less than 417.
490 is less than 528.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-16

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child explain how to compare the numbers 281 and 157.

Algebra • Compare Numbers Homework & Practice 2.12

Compare the numbers. Write >, <, or =.

Question 1.
489
605
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 154

Answer:
489 is less than 605.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
489 is less than 605.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-17

Question 2.
719
719
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 155

Answer:
719 is equal to 719.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
719 is equal to 719
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-18
Question 3.
370
248
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 156

Answer:
370 is greater than 248.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
370 is greater than 248.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-19

Question 4.
645
654
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 157

Answer:
645 is less than 654.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
645 is less than 654.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-20

Question 5.
205
250
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 158

Answer:
205 is less than 250

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
205 is less than 250
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-21

Question 6.
813
781
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 159

Answer:
813 is greater than 781

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
813 is greater than 781.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-2-Answer-key-Numbers-to-1000-2.12-22

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 7.
Toby has 178 pennies. Bella has 190 pennies. Who has more pennies?
_Bella___ has more pennies.

Answer:
Bella has more pennies.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Toby has 178 pennies.
Bella has 190 pennies.
Bella has more pennies.

Question 8.
WRITE Math
Explain how comparing 645 and 738 is different from comparing 645 and 649.
_____________________
_____________________
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 160

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write >, <, or = to compare.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 161

Answer:
351 is greater than 315.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
315 is less than 351.

Question 2.
Write >, <, or = to compare.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Numbers to 1,000 162

Answer:
401 is greater than 399.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
401 is less than 399.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What number has the same value as 50 tens?
__5 tens 0 ones_______

Answer:
The number has the same value as 50 is 5 tens 0 ones.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number has the same value as 50 tens.

Question 4.
Write a number with an 8 in the hundreds place.
____803____

Answer:
The number with an 8 in the hundreds place is 803.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number with an 8 in the hundreds place is 803.

Question 5.
Ned counts by fives. He starts at 80. Which number should he say next?
____85______

Answer:
He should say 85.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Ned counts by fives.
He starts at 80.
He should say 85.

Question 6.
Mr. Dean has an even number of cats and an odd number of dogs. Show how many dogs and cats he might have.
6 cats and _9_ dogs

Answer:
6 cats and 9 dogs.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mr. Dean has an even number of cats and an odd number of dogs.
There are 6 cats and 9 dogs.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

go-math-grade-4-chapter-3-multiply-2-digit-numbers-answer-key

Are you seeing everywhere to find Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers in pdf? If so, you have stepped onto the right page. On this page, we have compiled a pdf formatted HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Answer Key. Take the help of the Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key during your practice sessions and clear your queries. Assess your preparation standards and concentrate on the areas you are flagging.

Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Pdf Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

With the help of HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Ch 3, you can learn the easy methods to solve problems. Answer Key for HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers consists of all the questions from practice tests, exercises, assessments tests. You guys are recommended to solve the 4th grade Go Math Answers of Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers regularly & attempt the exams with confidence. The topics covered in the Go Math HMH grade 4 Solutions are designed perfectly & in an understandable way.

Lesson 1: Multiply by Tens

Lesson 1: Multiply by Tens

Lesson 2: Estimate Products

Lesson 3: Investigate • Area Models and Partial Products

Lesson 3: Investigate • Area Models and Partial Products

Lesson 4: Multiply Using Partial Products

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Multiply with Regrouping

Lesson 5: Multiply with Regrouping

Lesson 6: Choose a Multiplication Method

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

Review/Test

Common Core – Page No. 149

Multiply by Tens

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 60 = 960
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Answer:
960

Explanation:
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Question 2.
80 × 22 = ______

Answer:
1760

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 80 x 22
You can think of 80 as 8 tens
80 x 22 = (22 x 8) tens
= 176 tens
= 176 x 10 = 1760
80 x 22 = 1760

Question 3.
30 × 52 = ______

Answer:
1560

Explanation:
Use the Associative Property
You can think of 30 as 3 x 10
30 x 52 = (3 x 10) x 52
= 3 x (10 x 52)
=  3 x 520
= 1560
30 x 52 = 1560

Question 4.
60 × 20 = ______

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
60 x 20
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 60 to make the problem simpler
60/ 2 = 30
Multiply 30 with 20
30 x 20 = 600
Double the 600
2 x 600= 1200
60 x 20 = 1200

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 149 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 149 Q6

Question 7.
31 × 50 = ______

Answer:
1,550

Explanation:
Use the place value method to multiply 31 x 50
You can think of 50 as 5 tens
31 x 50 = 31 x 5 tens
= 155 tens
= 1,550
31 x 50 = 1,550

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 149 Q8
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 149 Q8.1

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 149 Q9

Common Core – Page No. 150

Lesson Check

Question 1.
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are set up. There are 22 chairs in each row. How many chairs are there in all?
Options:
a. 800
b. 840
c. 880
d. 8,800

Answer:
c. 880

Explanation:
As per the given data
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are available. 22 chairs are available in each row.
Then total chairs in school play are = 22 x 40
By using the place value method
You can think of 40 as 4 tens
22 x 40 = 22 x 4 tens
= 88 tens
= 880
Total chairs in school are = 880

Question 2.
At West School, there are 20 classrooms. Each classroom has 20 students. How many students are at West School?
Options:
a. 40
b. 400
c. 440
d. 4,000

Answer:
b. 400

Explanation:
From the given data,
Total classrooms in west school = 20
Number of students per each classroom = 20
Then, total students at West School = 20 x 20
By using the associative property
You can think of 20 as 2 x 10
20 x 20 = 20 x (2 x 10)
= (20 x 2) x 10
=(40) x 10
=400
Total number of students at West School = 400

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alex has 48 stickers. This is 6 times the number of stickers Max has. How many stickers does Max have?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer:
c. 8

Explanation:
As per the give data,
Alex has 48 stickers
That means, X= 48
This is 6 times the number of stickers max has = Y = 6X = 48
Then, number of stickers with Max = Y = X = 48/6 = 8
Number of stickers with Max = Y = 8 Stickers.

Question 4.
Ali’s dog weighs 8 times as much as her cat. Together, the two pets weigh 54 pounds. How much does Ali’s dog weigh?
Options:
a. 6 pounds
b. 42 pounds
c. 46 pounds
d. 48 pounds

Answer:
d. 48 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
Ali’s cat weight = X
Ali’s dog weight = 8 times as much as Ali’s cat = 8X
Together, the two pets weight = (X+8X) = 54 pounds
= 9X = 54 pounds
= X = 54/9 pounds = 6 pounds
Then, Ali’s dog weight = 8X =8 x 6 = 48 pounds.

Question 5.
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each. She also has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box. She gives 10 crayons to a friend. How many crayons and markers does Allison have now?
Options:
a. 34
b. 113
c. 123
d. 133

Answer:
b. 113

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each = X = 3 x 25 = 75
Allison has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box = Y = 4 x 12 = 48
Allison gives 10 crayons to a friend = Z = 75-10 = 65
Now, total number of crayons and markers with Allison = Y + Z = 48 + 65 = 113

Question 6.
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles. The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles. What is the total area of the two states?
Options:
a. 63,408 square miles
b. 223,408 square miles
c. 227,696 square miles
d. 966,992 square miles

Answer:
c. 227,696 square miles

Explanation:
From the given data,
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles
The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles
Then, Total area of the two states = 82,144 + 145,552
The total area of two states = 227,696 square miles.

Page No. 153

Question 1.
To estimate the product of 62 and 28 by rounding, how would you round the factors? What would the estimated product be?
about _____

Answer:
1800

Explanation:
By using rounding and mental math
Estimate 62 x 28
Firstly, round each factor
62 x 28
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 30
Use mental math
6 x 3 = 18
60 x 30 = 1800
So, estimated product of 62 and 28 = 1800

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 2.
96 × 34
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3000

Explanation:
Use mental math and compatible numbers
96 x 34
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
100 x 30
Use mental math
1 x 30 = 30
100 x 30= 3000

Question 3.
47 × $39
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
2000

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
47 x $39
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x $40
50 x $ 4 = $200
50 x $40 = 2000

Question 4.
78 × 72
Estimate: _____

Answer:
5600

Explanation:
Use rounding and mental math
Round each factor
78 x 72
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
80 x 70
Use mental math
8 x 7 = 56
80 x 70 = 5600

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 153 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 153 Q6

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 153 Q7

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 8.
61 × 31
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
61 x 31
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 30 = 1800

Question 9.
52 × 68
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3500

Explanation:
Round each factor
52 x 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x 70
Use mental math
5 x 7 =35
50 x 70 = 3500

Question 10.
26 × 44
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
26 x 44
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 40 = 1200

Question 11.
57 × $69
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$4200

Explanation:
Round each factor
57 x $69
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x $70
Use mental math
6 x $7 = $42
60 x $70 = $4200

Find two possible factors for the estimated product.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 153 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 153 Q13

Question 14.
5,600
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5,600

Explanation:
Let us consider 7 x 8 = 56
70 x 80 = 5,600

Question 15.
2,400
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2,400

Explanation:
Let us take 4 x 6 = 24
40 x 60 = 2400
Or 3 x 8 = 24
30 x 80 = 2,400

Question 16.
Mr. Parker jogs for 35 minutes each day. He jogs 5 days in week 1, 6 days in week 2, and 7 days in week 3. About how many minutes does he jog?
about _____ minutes

Answer:
about 630 minutes

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mr. Parker jogs per day = 35 minutes
He jogs 5 days in week 1 = 5 x 35 = 175 minutes
6 days in week 2 = 6 x 35 = 210 minutes
7 days in week 3 = 7 x 35 = 245 minutes
Total minutes of jog by Mr. Parker = week 1 + week 2 + week 3
= 175 + 210 + 245
= 630 minutes
So, total minutes of jog by Mr. Parker = 630 minutes

Question 17.
There are 48 beads in a package. Candice bought 4 packages of blue, 9 packages of gold, 6 packages of red, and 2 packages of silver beads. About how many beads did Candice buy?
about _____ beads

Answer:
about 1008 beads

Explanation:
As per the given data,
48 beads are there in a package
Candice bought 4 packages of blue beads = 4 x 48 = 192
9 packages of gold beads = 9 x 48 = 432
6 packages of red beads = 6 x 48 = 288
2 packages of silver beads = 2 x 48 = 96
Total beads bought by Candice = 192 + 432 + 288 + 96
= 1008 beads
So, total beads bought by Candice = 1008.

Page No. 154

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 154 Q18

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 154 Q19

Question 20.
If Mel opens his refrigerator door 36 times every day, how many times will it be opened in April? Will the exact answer be more than or less than the estimate? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mel opens his refrigerator door per day = 36 times
Number of days in April month = 30 days
Refrigerator door opened in April month = 36 * 30
Round the factors
36 x 30
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 30 = 1200

Question 21.
Represent a Problem What question could you write for this answer? The estimated product of two numbers, which are not multiples of ten, is 2,800.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2800

Explanation:
Let us take
1.
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20 = 800
2,800 = 42 x 68
↓    ↓
40 x  70 = 2800

Question 22.
Which is a reasonable estimate for the product? Write the estimate. An estimate may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 1
26 × 48 __________
28 × 21 __________
21 × 22 __________
51 × 26 __________

Answer:
25 x 50 = 1250
30 x 20 = 600
20 x 20 = 400
50 x 25 = 1250

Explanation:
26 x 48 -> 25 x 50 = 1250
28 x 21 -> 30 x 20 = 600
21 x 22 -> 20 x 20 = 400
51 x 26 -> 50 x 25 = 1250

Common Core – Page No. 155

Estimate Products
Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 1.
38 × 21
38 × 21
↓       ↓
40 × 20
800

Answer:
800

Explanation:
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20
800

Question 2.
63 × 19
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
63 x 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 20 = 1200
Estimated product of 63 x 19 = 1200

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 155 Q3

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 155 Q4

Question 5.
37 × $44
Estimate:$ _____

Answer:
$1600

Explanation:
37 × $44
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x $40 = $1600
Estimated Product of 37 x $44 = $1600

Question 6.
85 × 71
Estimate: _____

Answer:
6300

Explanation:
85 × 71
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 70 = 6300
Estimated Product of 85 x 71 = 6300

Question 7.
88 × 56
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4950

Explanation:
88 × 56
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 55 = 4950
Estimated Product of 90 x 55 = 4950

Question 8.
97 × 13
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,000

Explanation:
97 × 13
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
100 x 10 = 1,000

Question 9.
92 × 64
Estimate: _____

Answer:
5850

Explanation:
92 × 64
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 65 = 5850

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 155 Q10

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 155 Q11

Common Core – Page No. 156

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the product
43 × 68?
Options:
a. 3,500
b. 2,800
c. 2,400
d. 280

Answer:
b. 2,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
43 x 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 70
Use mental math
4 x 7 = 28
40 x 70 = 2800
Estimated product of 43 x 68 = 2800

Question 2.
Marissa burns 93 calories each time she plays fetch with her dog. She plays fetch with her dog once a day. About how many calories will Marissa burn playing fetch with her dog in 28 days?
Options:
a. 4,000
b. 2,700
c. 2,000
d. 270

Answer:
b. 2,700

Explanation:
From the given data,
Marissa burned calories each time when she plays fetch with her dog= 93 calories
Then, Marissa burned calories in 28 days while playing fetch with her dog = 28 x 93
Round to the nearest tens
28 x 93
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 90
Then, estimated burned calories in 28 days by Marissa = 2700 calories

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the model to find 3 × 126.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 2
Options:
a. 368
b. 378
c. 468
d. 478

Answer:
b. 378

Explanation:
From the above Figure,
3 x 126 = 3 x 100 + 3 x 20 + 3 x 6
= 300 + 60 + 18
= 378
3 x 126 = 378

Question 4.
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for $38. One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand. How much money did the store make from selling the 6 pairs of jeans?
Options:
a. $188
b. $228
c. $248
d. $288

Answer:
b. $228

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for rupees = $38
One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand = 6 x $38
6 x $38 = $228
The total amount of 6 pairs of jeans = $228

Question 5.
The Gateway Arch in St. Louis, Missouri, weighs about 20,000 tons. Which amount could be the exact number of tons the Arch weighs?
Options:
a. 31,093 tons
b. 25,812 tons
c. 17,246 tons
d. 14,096 tons

Answer:
c. 17,246 tons

Explanation:
From the given data,
The Gateway Arch in St.Louis, Missouri weight = about 20,000 tons
From the available options, 17,246 tons is closer to 20,000 tons
Then, the exact number of tons the Arch weighs = 17,246 tons

Question 6.
Which is another name for 23 ten thousands?
Options:
a. 23,000,000
b. 2,300,000
c. 230,000
d. 23,000

Answer:
c. 230,000

Explanation:
As per the data,
Another name for 23 ten thousands = 23 x 10,000
= 230,000
Another name for 23 ten thousand = 2,30,000

Page No. 159

Find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
16 × 19 = _____

Answer:
304

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
16 x 19 = 304

Question 2.
18 × 26
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 4
18 × 26 = _____

Answer:
468

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 1. jpg
200 + 160 + 60 + 48 = 468

Question 3.
27 × 39
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 5
27 × 39 = ______

Answer:
1,053

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - image 2
600 + 210 + 180 +63 = 1053

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 4.
14 × 16 = ______

Answer:
224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 3
100 + 40 + 60 + 24 = 224

Question 5.
23 × 25 = ______

Answer:
575

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 4
400 + 60 + 100 + 15 = 575

Question 6.
Explain how modeling partial products can be used to find the products of greater numbers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
You can use mental math to find the partial products and then find the sum of the partial products.

Explanation:

Question 7.
Emma bought 16 packages of rolls for a party. There were 12 rolls in a package. After the party there were 8 rolls left over. How many rolls were eaten? Explain.
______ rolls

Answer:
184 rolls were eaten

Explanation:
From the given data,
Emma bought 16 packages of rolls for a party
There were 12 rolls in a package
Then, total rolls = 16 x 12 = 192
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 5
100 + 60 + 20 + 12 =192
After the party there were 8 rolls left over
Then, total eaten rolls are = 192 – 8 = 184

Page No. 160

Question 8.
Jamal and Kim used different ways to solve 12 × 15 by using partial products. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Jamal’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 6
100 + 20 + 10 = 130

Kim’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 7
120 + 60 = 180
a. For the answer that is nonsense, write an answer that makes sense.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
a. Jamal’s work makes nonsense.
100 + 20 + 50 + 10 = 180 it makes sense

Question 8.
b. Look at Kim’s method. Can you think of another way Kim could use the model to find the product? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Other method: 12 x 15
10 x 12 = 120
5 x 12 = 60
120 + 60 = 180.

Explanation:
Kim follows another method to find 12 x 15
That is, 100 + 50 = 150
20 + 10 = 30
Then, 150 + 30 =180
12 x 15 = 180

Question 9.
Look at the model in 8b. How would the partial products change if the product was 22 × 15? Explain why you think the products changed.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
330

Explanation:
Following the 8b method
22 x 15 =330
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 6
200 + 100 = 300
20 + 10 = 30
Now, 300 + 30 = 330
Finally, 22 x 15 = 330
The factor of 15 is increased in present problem. So, the product also increases for 15 x 22.

Common Core – Page No. 161

Area Models and Partial Products

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 1.
13 × 42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 9

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 9

Question 2.
18 × 34 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 1. jpg
300 + 40 + 240 + 32 = 612

Question 3.
22 × 26 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 2. jpg
400 + 120 + 40 + 12 = 572

Question 4.
1 5 × 33 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 3. jpg
300 + 30 + 150 + 15 = 495

Question 5.
23 × 29 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 4. jpg
400 + 180 + 60 + 27 = 667

Question 6.
19 × 36 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 5. jpg
300 + 60 + 270 + 54 = 684

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Sebastian made the following model to find the product 17 × 24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 10
Is his model correct? Explain.
a. yes
b. no

Answer:
b. no

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 6. jpg
200 + 40 + 140 + 28 = 408

Question 8.
Each student in Ms. Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons. Each box has 36 crayons. If there are 18 students in Ms. Sike’s class, how many crayons are
there in all?
______ crayons

Answer:
648 crayons

Explanation:
From the given information,
Each student in Ms.Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons
Crayons in each box = 36 Crayons
Number of students in Mr.Sike’s class = 18 students
Total crayons = 18 x 36
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 7. jpg
300 + 60 + 240 + 48 = 648

Common Core – Page No. 162

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 11
Options:
a. 161
b. 230
c. 340
d. 391

Answer:
d. 391

Explanation:
200 + 30 + 140 + 21 = 391
17 x 23 = 391

Question 2.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 12 img 12
Options:
a. 219
b. 225
c. 244
d. 275

Answer:
b. 225

Explanation:
130 + 20 + 65 + 10 = 225
15 x 15 = 225

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles. There are 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row. How many tiles in all does Mariah use?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 360
d. 420

Answer:
c. 360

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles
Square contains 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row = 12 x 30
12 x 30 = 360 tiles
Total tiles used by Mariah = 360 tiles

Question 4.
Trevor bakes 8 batches of biscuits, with 14 biscuits in each batch. He sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake sale and puts the rest in a jar. How many biscuits does Trevor put in the jar?
Options:
a. 112
b. 80
c. 50
d. 32

Answer:
b. 80

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Number of biscuits baked by Trevor = 8 batches
Number of biscuits in each batch = 14 biscuits
So, total biscuits = 14 x 8 = 112
Trevor sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake = 8*4 = 32 biscuits are aside for a bake
Trevor kept rest of biscuits in a jar = 112 – 32 = 80
So, 80 biscuits are put in the jar by the Trevor

Question 5.
Li feeds her dog 3 cups of food each day. About how many cups of food does her dog eat in 28 days?
Options:
a. 60 cups
b. 70 cups
c. 80 cups
d. 90 cups

Answer:
c. 80 cups

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Li feeds her dog per day = 3 cups of food
Then, Li feeds her dog for 28 days = 3 x 28
= 84 cups of food
So, Li feeds her dog with 84 cups of food in 28 days

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the number sentence true?
4 ■ 0 = 0
Options:
a. +
b. –
c. ×
d. ÷

Answer:
c. ×

Explanation:
4 x 0 = 0

Page No. 165

Question 1.
Find 24 × 34.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 13
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 14
_____

Answer:
816

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 13
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 9. jpg

Question 2.
1 2
× 1 2
——–
_____

Answer:
144

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 10. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 11. jpg

Question 3.
3 1
× 2 4
——-
_____

Answer:
744

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 12. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 13. jpg

Question 4.
2 5
× 4 3
——-
_____

Answer:
1,075

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 14. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 15. jpg

Question 5.
3 7
× 2 4
——-
_____

Answer:
888

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 16. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 17. jpg

Question 6.
5 4
× 1 5
——-
_____

Answer:
810

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 18. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 19. jpg

Question 7.
8 7
× 1 6
——-
_____

Answer:
1,392

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 20. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 21. jpg

Question 8.
6 2
× 5 6
——-
_____

Answer:
3,472

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 22. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 23. jpg

Question 9.
4 9
× 6 3
——-
_____

Answer:
3,087

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 24. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 25. jpg

Practice: Copy and Solve Record the product.

Question 10.
38 × 47
_____

Answer:
1,786

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 26. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 27. jpg

Question 11.
46 × 27
_____

Answer:
1,242

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 28. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 29. jpg

Question 12.
72 × 53
_____

Answer:
3,816

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 30. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 31. jpg

Question 13.
98 × 69
_____

Answer:
6,762

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 32. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 33. jpg

Question 14.
53 × 68
_____

Answer:
3,604

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 34. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 35. jpg

Question 15.
76 × 84
_____

Answer:
6,384

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 36. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 37. jpg

Question 16.
92 × 48
_____

Answer:
4,416

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 38. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 39. jpg

Question 17.
37 × 79
_____

Answer:
2,923

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 40. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 41. jpg

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the unknown digits. Complete the problem.

Question 18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 15
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1,824

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 42. jpg

Question 19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 16
Type below:
___________

Answer:
7,954

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 43. jpg

Question 20.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 17
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1,908

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 44. jpg

Question 21.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:
952

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 45. jpg

Page No. 166

Use the picture graph for 22–24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 19

Question 22.
Use Graphs A fruit-packing warehouse is shipping 15 boxes of grapefruit to a store in Santa Rosa, California. What is the total weight of the shipment?
______ pounds

Answer:
1275 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
A fruit packing warehouse is shipping 15 boxes of grapefruit to store in Santa Rose, California
Grapefruit weight per box = 85 pounds
Total weight of the shipment = 85 x 15
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 46. jpg
So, the total weight of the shipment = 1275 pounds

Question 23.
How much less do 13 boxes of tangelos weigh than 18 boxes of tangerines?
______ pounds

Answer:
450 pounds

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Tangelos weight per box = 90 pounds
Then, the weight of the 13 boxes of tangelos = 90 x 13
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 47. jpg
And, the weight of the 18 boxes of tangelos = 90 x 18
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 48. jpg
1620 – 1170 = 450
So, 13 boxes of tangelos weight are 450 pounds less than 18 boxes of tangelos weight

Question 24.
What is the weight of 12 boxes of oranges?
______ pounds

Answer:
1,080 pounds

Explanation:
The weight of the oranges per box = 90 pounds
then, weight of 12 boxes oranges = 90 x 12
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 49. jpg
So, weight of 12 boxes oranges = 1,080 pounds

Question 25.
Each person in the United States eats about 65 fresh apples each year. Based on this estimate, how many apples do 3 families of 4 eat each year?
______ apples

Answer:
780 apples

Explanation:
From the given data,
Each person in the united states eats fresh apples per year = 65
3 families of 4 persons = 3 x 4 = 12 persons
Then, the number of apples eat by 12 persons = 65 x 12
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 50. jpg
So, the total number of apples eat by 12 persons per year = 780

Question 26.
The product 26 × 93 is greater than 25 × 93. How much greater? Explain how you know without multiplying.
______

Answer:
The difference is 93
26 x 93 is one more group of 93 than 25 x 93

Question 27.
Margot wants to use partial products to find 22 × 17. Write the numbers in the boxes to show 22 × 17.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 20
Type below:
__________

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 51. jpg

Explanation:
22 x 17
(20 + 2) x 17
20 x 17 + 2 x 17
20 x (10 + 7) + 2 x (10 + 7)
(20 x 10) + (20 x 7) + (2 x 10) + (2 x 7)
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 51. jpg

Common Core – Page No. 167

Multiply Using Partial Products

Record the product.

Question 1.
2 3
× 7 9
———
1, 4 0 0
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
——–
1, 8 1 7

Answer:
1, 8 1 7

Explanation:
2 3
× 7 9
———
1, 4 0 0
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
——–
1, 8 1 7

Question 2.
5 6
× 3 2
——-
_______

Answer:
1,792

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 7

Question 3.
8 7
× 6 4
——-
_______

Answer:
5,568

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 8

Question 4.
3 3
× 2 5
——-
_______

Answer:
825

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 9

Question 5.
9 4
× 1 2
——-
_______

Answer:
1,128

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 10

Question 6.
5 1
× 7 7
——-
_______

Answer:
3,927

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 11

Question 7.
6 9
× 4 9
——-
_______

Answer:
3,381

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 12

Question 8.
8 6
× 8 4
——-
_______

Answer:
7,224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 13

Question 9.
9 8
× 4 2
——-
_______

Answer:
4,116

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 14

Question 10.
7 3
× 3 7
——-
_______

Answer:
2,701

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 15

Question 11.
8 5
× 5 1
——-
_______

Answer:
4,335

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 16

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day, which is 56 glasses of water a week. How many glasses of water does she drink in a year? (1 year = 52 weeks)
_______ glasses

Answer:
2,912 glasses

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day
Evelyn drinks water per week = 56 glasses
Then, the number of glasses per 52 weeks = 52 x 56
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 17
Total number of glasses of water drink by Evelyn per year = 2912 glasses of water

Question 13.
Joe wants to use the Hiking Club’s funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members. The sticks cost $26 each. The club has $480. Is this enough money to buy each member a new walking stick? If not, how much more money is needed?
Is the money enough? _______
How much more is needed? _______

Answer:
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Explanation:
From the given data,
Joe wants to use the Hiking club funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members
Cost per each stick = $26
Total walking sticks cost per 19 members = $26 x 19
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 18
Total cost for walking sticks for 19 members = $494
The club has = $480
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Common Core – Page No. 168

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carnival snack booth made $76 selling popcorn in one day. It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy. How much money did the snack booth make selling
cotton candy?
Options:
a. $284
b. $304
c. $1,562
d. $1,672

Answer:
d. $1,672

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A carnival snack booth made popcorn in one day = $76
It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy
Then, total selling cotton candy made by snack booth = $76 x 22
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 19
So, $1672 money snack booth will get for selling cotton candy

Question 2.
What are the partial products of
42 × 28?
Options:
a. 800, 80, 40, 16
b. 800, 16
c. 800, 40, 320, 16
d. 80, 16

Answer:
c. 800, 40, 320, 16

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 20
So, partial products of 42 x 28 are 800, 40, 320, 16

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Last year, the city library collected 117 used books for its shelves. This year, it collected 3 times as many books. How many books did it collect this year?
Options:
a. 832
b. 428
c. 351
d. 72

Answer:
c. 351

Explanation:
From the given data,
Last year, the number of used books collected by city library by its shelves = 117 books
This year, it collected 3 times as many books = 3 x 117 =351 books
Total number of books collected by the city library for this year = 351 books

Question 4.
Washington Elementary has 232 students. Washington High has 6 times as many students. How many students does Washington High have?
Options:
a. 1,392
b. 1,382
c. 1,292
d. 1,281

Answer:
a. 1,392

Explanation:
As per the given data,
The number of students in Washington elementary = 232 students
Washington High has 6 times as many students = 6 x 232 = 1392
Total number of students in Washington High = 1392 students

Question 5.
What are the partial products of 35 × 7?
Options:
a. 10, 12
b. 21, 35
c. 210, 35
d. 350, 21

Answer:
c. 210, 35

Explanation:
Partial products of 35 x 7 are 210, 35

Question 6.
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills. How much money does Shelby have in all?
Options:
a. $15
b. $60
c. $63
d. $180

Answer:
d. $180

Explanation:
From the given data,
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills = (10 x $5) + (13 x $10)
= ($50) + ($130)
=$180
Total money with Shelby = $180

Page No. 169

Question 1.
Explain how to find 40 × 50 using mental math.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
200

Explanation:
40 x 50
By using mental math
4 x 5 = 20
40 x 50 = 200

Question 2.
What is the first step in estimating 56 × 27?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest values.
So, the first step of the estimated 56 x 27 is rounding to the nearest value which is 60 x 30

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 169 Q3

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 169 Q4

Question 5.
12 × 80 = _____

Answer:
960

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 80 to make the problem simpler
80/ 2 = 40
Multiply 40 with 12
40*12 = 480
Double the 480
2*480= 960
12*80 = 960

Question 6.
70 × 50 = _____

Answer:
3,500

Explanation:
70 x 50
By using the place value method
You can take 50 as 5 tens
70 x 50 = 70 x 5 tens
= 350 tens
70 x 50 = 3,500

Question 7.
58 × 40 = _____

Answer:
2,320

Explanation:
By using the associative property
You can think of 40 as (4 x 10)
58 x 40 = 58 x (4 x 10)
= (58 x 4) x 10
= 232 x 10
58 x 40 = 2,320

Question 8.
30 × 40 = _____

Answer:
1,200

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 40 to make the problem simpler
40/ 2 = 20
Multiply 20 with 30
20*30 = 600
Double the 600
2*600= 1200
30*40 = 1,200

Question 9.
14 × 60 = _____

Answer:
840

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 60 as 6 tens
14 x 60 = 14 x 6 tens
= 84 tens
14 x 60 = 840

Question 10.
20 × 30 = _____

Answer:
600

Explanation:
By using the associative property
You can think of 30 as (3 x 10)
20 x 30 = 20 x (3 x 10)
= (20 x 3) x 10
= 60 x 10
20 x 30 = 600

Question 11.
16 × 90 = _____

Answer:
1,440

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 90 to make the problem simpler
90/ 2 = 45
Multiply 45 with 16
16*45 = 720
Double the 720
2*720= 1440
16*90 = 1,440

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 169 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 169 Q13

Question 14.
43 × 25
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,000

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
43 is close to 40; 25 is close to 25;
40 x 25 = 1000
Estimated product of 43 x 25 = 1,000

Question 15.
76 × 45
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
76 is close to 80; 45 is close to 40;
Use the mental math
8 x 4 = 32
80 x 40 = 3200
So, the estimated product of 76 x 45 = 3,200

Question 16.
65 × $79
Estimate: _____

Answer:
$4,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
65 is close to 60; $79 is close to $80;
Use the mental math
6 x $8 = $48
60 x $80 = $4800
So, estimated product of 65 x $79 = $4,800

Question 17.
92 × 38
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 90; 38 is close to 40;
Use the mental math, then
9 x 4 = 36
90 x 40 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 92 x 38 = 3,600

Question 18.
37 × 31
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
37 is close to 40; 31 is close to 30;
Use the mental math, then
4 x 3 = 12
40 x 30 = 1,200
So, estimated product of 37 x 31 = 1,200

Question 19.
26 × $59
Estimate: _____

Answer:
$1,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
26 is close to 30; $59 is close to $60;
Use the mental math, then
3 x $6 = $18
30 x $60 = $1,800
So, estimated product of 26 x $59 = $1,800

Question 20.
54 × 26
Estimate: _____

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
54 is close to 50; 26 is close to 30;
Use the mental math
5 x 3 = 15
50 x 30 = 1,500
So, estimated product of 54 x 26 = 1,500

Question 21.
52 × 87
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4,500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
52 is close to 50; 87 is close to 90;
Use the mental math
5 x 9 = 45
50 x 90 = 4500
So, estimated product of 52 x 87 = 4,500

Question 22.
39 × 27
Estimate: _____

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
39 is close to 40; 27 is close to 30;
Use the mental math
4 x 3 = 12
40 x 30 = 1,200
So, estimated product of 39 x 27 = 1,200

Question 23.
63 × 58
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
63 is close to 60; 58 is close to 60;
Use the mental math
6 x 6 = 36
60 x 60 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 63 x 58 = 3,600

Page No. 170

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 170 Q24

Question 25.
Tito wrote the following on the board. What is the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 21
______

Answer:
400

Explanation:
An unknown number is 50 x 8 = 400

Question 26.
What are the partial products that result from multiplying 15 × 32?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Partial products are 300, 150, 20, 10

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 36
Partial products are 300, 150, 20, 10

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 170 Q27

Page No. 173

Question 1.
Look at the problem. Complete the sentences.
Multiply ____ and ____ to get 0.
Multiply ____ and ____ to get 1,620.
Add the partial products.
0 + 1,620 = ____
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 22
_____

Answer:
Multiply 27 and 0 to get 0.
Multiply 27 and 6 to get 1,620.
Add the partial products. 0 + 1,620 = 1,620.

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 2.
6 8
× 5 3
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,500
Product: 3,604

Explanation:
68 is closer to 70 and 53 is closer to 50
Estimate: 70 x 50 = 3,500
60 x 53 = 3180
8 x 53 = 424
3180 + 424 = 3604
Product 3,604

Question 3.
6 1
× 5 4
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,294

Explanation:
61 is closer to 60 and 54 is closer to 50
Estimate: 60 x 50 = 3,000
60 x 54 = 3240
1 x 54 = 54
3240 + 54 = 3294
Product 3,294

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 173 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 173 Q5

Question 6.
7 8
× 5 6
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 4,800
Product: 4,368

Explanation:
78 is closer to 80 and 56 is closer to 60
Estimate: 80 x 60 = 4,800
70 x 56 = 3920
8 x 56 = 448
3920 + 448 = 4368
Product 4,368

Question 7.
2 7
× 2 5
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 600
Product: 675

Explanation:
27 is closer to 30 and 25 is closer to 20
Estimate: 30 x 20 = 600
20 x 25 = 500
7 x 25 = 175
500 + 175 = 675
Product 675

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 8.
34 × 65
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,800
Product: 2,210

Explanation:
34 is closer to 30 and 65 is closer to 60
Estimate: 30 x 60 = 1,800
30 x 65 = 1950
4 x 65 = 260
1950 + 260 = 2210
Product 2,210

Question 9.
42 × $13
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $400
Product: $546

Explanation:
42 is closer to 40 and 13 is closer to 10
Estimate: 40 x 10 = 400
40 x $13 = $520
2 x $13= $26
$520 + $26 = $546
Product $546

Question 10.
60 × 17
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,020

Explanation:
17 is closer to 20
Estimate: 60 x 20 = 1,200
60 x 17 = 1020
Product = 1,020

Question 11.
62 × 45
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2,790

Explanation:
62 is closer to 60 and 45 is closer to 40
Estimate: 60 x 40 = 2,400
60 x 45 = 2700
2 x 45= 90
2700 + 90 = 2790
Product 2,790

Question 12.
57 × $98
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 6,000
Product: 5,586

Explanation:
57 is closer to 60 and 98 is closer to 100
Estimate: 60 x 100 = 6,000
50 x 98 = 4900
7 x 98= 686
4900 + 686 = 5586
Product 5,586

Look for a Pattern Algebra Write a rule for the pattern.
Use your rule to find the unknown numbers.

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 23
Rule _____________
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 37

Explanation:
1 hour = 60 min
Then, 5hr = 5 x 60 = 300 min
10hr = 10 x 60 = 600 min
15hr = 15 x 60 = 900 min
20hr = 20 x 60 = 1200 min
25hr = 25 x 60 = 1500 min

Question 14.
Owners of a summer camp are buying new cots for their cabins. There are 16 cabins. Each cabin needs 6 cots. Each cot costs $92. How much will the new cots cost?
$ _______

Answer:
$8,832

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Owners pf a summer camp are buying new cots for their cabins
Number of cabins = 16
Each cabin needs 6 cots
Then, total cots = 16 x 6 = 96
Each cot cost = $92
Then, cost for total cots = $92 x 96
92 is closer to 90 and 96 is closer to 100
Estimate = 90 x 100 = 9,000
90 x 96 = 8640
2 x 96 = 192
8640 + 192 = 8832
Product = 8,832

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 173 Q15

Page No. 174

Question 16.
Machine A can label 11 bottles in 1 minute. Machine B can label 12 bottles in 1 minute. How many bottles can both machines label in 15 minutes?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 24
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
number of bottles labeled by Machine A and Machine B in 15 minutes

Question 16.
b. What numbers will you use?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
15x 11 and 15 x 12

Question 16.
c. Tell why you might use more than one operation to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To find out the total number of bottle made by both machines A & B

Question 16.
d. Solve the problem.
So, both machines can label ____ bottles in ____ minutes.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Machine A can label 11 bottles in 1 minute
Then, the number of bottles labeled by machine A in 15 minutes = 15 x 11 = 165
Machine B can label 12 bottles in 1 minute
Then, number of bottles labelled by Machine B in 15 minutes = 15 x 12 = 180
Total bottles labelled by both the machines in 15 minutes = 165 + 180 = 345

Question 17.
Make Sense of Problems
A toy company makes wooden blocks. A carton holds 85 blocks. How many blocks can 19 cartons hold?
______ blocks

Answer:
1,615 blocks

Explanation:
From the given data,
A toy company makes wooden blocks
A carton holds 85 blocks
Then, number of blocks hold by 19 cartons = 19 x 85 = 1615
Total number of blocks held by 19 cartons = 1,615

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 174 Q18

Question 19.
Mr. Garcia’s class raised money for a field trip to the zoo. There are 23 students in his class. The cost of the trip will be $17 for each student. What is the cost for all the students? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$391

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Mr. Garcia’s class raised money for a field trip to the zoo
Total number of students in his class = 23 students
Cost of the trip for each student = $17
Then, total cost for all the students = $17 x 23 = $391

Common Core – Page No. 175

Multiply with Regrouping
Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 2,700
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 25

Answer:
2,784

Explanation:
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 25

Question 2.
7 3
× 2 8
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,100
Product: 2,044

Explanation:
Estimate: 73 is close to 70; 28 is close to 30.
So, 70 x 30 = 2,100.
Product: Write 73 as 7 tens and 3 ones. Multiply 28 by 3 ones.
2
28
x 73
——–
84 <– 3 x 28
Multiply 28 by 7 tens
5
28
x 73
——–
1960 <– 70 x 28
Add the partial products.
84 + 1960 = 2,044.
So, 73 x 28 = 2,044.

Question 3.
4 8
× 3 8
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,000
Product: 1,824

Explanation:
48 is close to 50 and 38 is close to 40.
Estimate: 50 × 40 = 2,000
40 x 38 = 1520
8 x 38 = 304
1520 + 304 = 1824.
Product: 1,824

Question 4.
5 9
× 5 2
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,068

Explanation:
59 is close to 60 and 52 is close to 50.
Estimate: 60 × 50 = 3,000
50 x 52 = 2600
9 x 52 = 468
2600 + 468 = 3068.
Product: 3,068.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 175 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 175 Q6

Question 7.
9 1
× 1 9
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,800
Product: 1,729

Explanation:
91 is close to 90 and 19 is close to 20.
Estimate: 90 × 20 = 1,800
90 x 19 = 1,710
1 x 19 = 19
1,710+ 19 = 1,729.
Product: 1,729.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Baseballs come in cartons of 84 baseballs. A team orders 18 cartons of baseballs. How many baseballs does the team order?
_______ baseballs

Answer:
1,512 baseballs

Explanation:
To find total baseballs, 84 x 18
80 x 18 = 1,440
4 x 18 = 72
84 x 18 = 1,512

Question 9.
There are 16 tables in the school lunchroom. Each table can seat 22 students. How many students can be seated at lunch at one time?
_______ students

Answer:
352 students

Explanation:
Total Students = 16 x 22
10 x 22 = 220
6 x 22 = 132
220 + 132 = 352.
352 students can be seated at lunch at one time

Common Core – Page No. 176

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The art teacher has 48 boxes of crayons. There are 64 crayons in each box. Which is the best estimate of the number of crayons the art teacher has?
Options:
a. 2,400
b. 2,800
c. 3,000
d. 3,500

Answer:
c. 3,000

Explanation:
1. Total number of crayons = 48 x 64
48 is close to 50; 64 is close to 60
50 x 60 = 3,000.
The art teacher has about to 3, 000 crayons.

Question 2.
A basketball team scored an average of 52 points in each of 15 games. How many points did the team score in all?
Options:
a. 500
b. 312
c. 780
d. 1,000

Answer:
c. 780

Explanation:
Total Points = 52 x 15
50 x 15 = 750
2 x 15 = 30
750 + 30 = 780.
The basketball team scored 780 points in total.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
On Saturday, an orchard sold 83 bags of apples. There are 27 apples in each bag. Which expression represents the total number of apples sold?
Options:
a. 16 + 6 + 56 + 21
b. 160 + 60 + 56 + 21
c. 160 + 60 + 560 + 21
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Answer:
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Explanation:
Total number of apples sold = 83 x 27
80 x 27 = 2,160
3 x 27 = 81
2,160 + 81 = 2,241.
The total number of apples sold = 2,241.
16 + 6 + 56 + 21 = 99 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 56 + 21 = 297 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 801 not equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 is correct.

Question 4.
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row. She colors 5 rows of 8 squares in the middle of the grid blue. She colors the rest of
the squares red. How many squares does Hannah color red?
Options:
a. 40
b. 140
c. 180
d. 220

Answer:
b. 140

Explanation:
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row = 12 x 15 = 180.
The grid of squares in blue = 5 x 8 = 40.
The grid of squares in red = 180 – 40 = 140.

Question 5.
Gabriella has 4 times as many erasers as Leona. Leona has 8 erasers. How many erasers does Gabriella have?
Options:
a. 32
b. 24
c. 12
d. 2

Answer:
a. 32

Explanation:
Gabriella has 4 x 8 = 32 erasers.

Question 6.
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks. How many more rocks does Phil have than Peter?
Options:
a. 36
b. 24
c. 16
d. 12

Answer:
b. 24

Explanation:
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks
If Peter has x rocks, Phil has 3x rocks
3x + x = 48.
4x = 48.
x = 48/4 = 12.
Peter has 12 rocks. Phil has 3 x 12 = 36 rocks.
Phil has 36 – 12 = 24 more rocks than Peter.

Page No. 179

Question 1.
Find the product.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 26
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,566

Explanation:
54 x 29
Estimate: Think 54 is close to 50; 29 is close to 30.
50 x 30 = 1,500
Product:
20 x 5 tens = 100 tens
20 x 4 ones = 80 ones
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens
9 x 4 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
1000 + 80 + 450 + 36 = 1,566.

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 179 Q2

Question 3.
6 3
× 4 2
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2646

Explanation:
63 x 42
Estimate: Think 63 is close to 60; 42 is close to 40.
60 x 40 = 2400
Product:
40 x 6 tens = 240 tens
40 x 3 ones = 120 ones
2 x 6 tens = 12 tens
2 x 3 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
2400 + 120 + 120 + 6 = 2646.

Question 4.
8 4
× 5 3
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,000
Product: 4,452

Explanation:
84 x 53
Estimate: Think 84 is close to 80; 53 is close to 50.
80 x 50 = 4,000
Product:
50 x 8 tens = 400 tens
50 x 4 ones = 200 ones
3 x 8 tens = 24 tens
3 x 4 ones = 12 ones.
Add partial products.
4000 + 200 + 240 + 12 = 4,452.

Question 5.
7 1
× 1 3
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 700
Product: 923

Explanation:
71 x 13
Estimate: Think 71 is close to 70; 13 is close to 10.
70 x 10 = 700
Product:
10 x 7 tens = 70 tens
10 x 1 ones = 10 ones
3 x 7 tens = 21 tens
3 x 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
700 + 10 + 210 + 3 = 923.

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Find the product.

Question 6.
29 × $82
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $2,400
Product: $2,378

Explanation:
29 x $82
Estimate: Think 29 is close to 30; $82 is close to $80.
30 x $80 = $2,400
Product:
$80 x 2 tens = $160 tens
$80 x 9 ones = $720 ones
$2 x 2 tens = $4 tens
$2 x 9 ones = $18 ones.
Add partial products.
$1600 + $720 + $40 + $18 = $2,378.

Question 7.
57 × 79
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,800
Product: 4,503

Explanation:
57 x 79
Estimate: Think 57 is close to 60; 79 is close to 80.
60 x 80 = 4,800
Product:
70 x 5 tens = 350 tens
70 x 7 ones = 490 ones
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens
9 x 7 ones = 63 ones.
Add partial products.
3500 + 490 + 450 + 63 = 4,503.

Question 8.
80 × 27
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2,160

Explanation:
80 x 27
Estimate: Think 27 is close to 30.
30 x 80 = 2,400
Product:
20 x 8 tens = 160 tens
20 x 0 ones = 0 ones
7 x 8 tens = 56 tens
7 x 0 ones = 0 ones.
Add partial products.
1600 + 0 + 560 + 0 = 2,160.

Question 9.
32 × $75
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $2,100
Product: $2,400

Explanation:
32 × $75
Estimate: Think 32 is close to 30; $75 is close to $70.
30 x $70 = $2,100
Product:
$70 x 3 tens = $210 tens
$70 x 2 ones = $140 ones
$5 x 3 tens = $15 tens
$5 x 2 ones = $10 ones.
Add partial products.
$2100 + $140 + $150 + $10 = $2,400.

Question 10.
55 × 48
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,750
Product: 2,640

Explanation:
55 × 48
Estimate: Think 48 is close to 50.
55 x 50 = 2,750
Product:
40 x 5 tens = 200 tens
40 x 5 ones = 200 ones
8 x 5 tens = 40 tens
8 x 5 ones = 40 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 200 + 400 + 40 = 2,640.

Question 11.
19 × $82
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $1,600
Product: $1,558

Explanation:
19 × $82
Estimate: Think 19 is close to 20; $82 is close to $80.
20 x $80 = $1,600
Product:
$80 x 1 tens = $80 tens
$80 x 9 ones = $720 ones
$2 x 1 tens = $2 tens
$2 x 9 ones = $18 ones.
Add partial products.
$800 + $720 + $20 + $18 = $1,558.

Question 12.
25 × $25
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $625
Product: $625

Explanation:
25 × $25
Estimate:
25 x $25 = $625
Product:
$20 x 2 tens = $40 tens
$20 x 5 ones = $100 ones
$5 x 2 tens = $10 tens
$5 x 5 ones = $25 ones.
Add partial products.
$400 + $100 + $100 + $25 = $625.

Question 13.
41 × 98
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,000
Product: 4,018

Explanation:
41 × 98
Estimate: Think 41 is close to 40; 98 is close to 100.
40 x 100 = 4,000
Product:
90 x 4 tens = 360 tens
90 x 1 ones = 90 ones
8 x 4 tens = 32 tens
8 x 1 ones = 8 ones.
Add partial products.
3600 + 90 + 320 + 8 = 4,018.

Identify Relationships Algebra Use mental math to find the number.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 179 Q14

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 179 Q15

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 179 Q16

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 179 Q17

Page No. 180

Question 18.
Martin collects stamps. He counted 48 pages in his collector’s album. The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows. The rest of the pages each have 54 stamps. How many stamps does Martin have in his album?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 27
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The total stamps in the first 20 pages + The total stamps in the remaining pages.

Question 18.
b. How will you use multiplication to find the number of stamps?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows.
So, 35 x 5 = 175 stamps.

Question 18.
c. Tell why you might use addition and subtraction to help solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
As mentioned that the number of stamps available in the first 20 pages and the number of stamps available in the rest of the pages. We need to add all pages to get 48 pages stamps.

Question 18.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Martin has 48 pages in his collector’s album.
The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows.
So, 35 x 5 = 175 stamps.
The first 20 pages have 175 stamps.
The rest of the pages each have 54 stamps.
So, total stamps = 175 + 54 = 229 stamps.

Question 18.
e. Complete the sentences.
Martin has a total of _____ stamps on the first 20 pages.
There are _____ more pages after the first 20 pages in Martin’s album.
There are _____ stamps on the rest of the pages.
There are _____ stamps in the album.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Martin has a total of __175___ stamps on the first 20 pages.
There are __24___ more pages after the first 20 pages in Martin’s album.
There are __54___ stamps on the rest of the pages.
There are ___229__ stamps in the album.

Question 19.
Select the expressions that have the same product as 35 × 17. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17)
c. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) + (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)
e. (35 × 10) + (30 × 10) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
f. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5)

Answer:
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17)
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)

Explanation:
35 × 17
30 x 10 =300
30 x 7 = 210
5 x 10 = 50
5 x 7 = 35
300 + 210 + 50 + 35 = 595.
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7) = 300 + 210 + 50 + 35 = 595 equal to 595.
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17) = 510 + 85 = 595 equal to 595.
c. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) + (35 × 10) + (35 × 7) = 1050 + 175 + 350 + 245 = 1820 not equal to 595.
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7) = 350 + 245 = 595 equal to 595
e. (35 × 10) + (30 × 10) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7) = 350 + 300 + 50 + 35 = 735 not equal to 595.
f. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) = 1050 + 175 = 1,225 not equal to 595.

Common Core – Page No. 181

Choose a Multiplication Method

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
————
1, 3 3 3

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1, 3 3 3

Explanation:
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
————
1, 3 3 3

Question 2.
6 7
× 8 5
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 6,300
Product: 5,695

Explanation:
Estimate: 67 is close to 70; 85 is close to 90.
70 x 90 = 6,300.
Product: 67 x 85
80 x 6 tens = 480 tens
80 x 7 ones = 560 ones
5 x 6 tens = 30 tens
5 x 7 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
4800 + 560 + 300 + 35 = 5,695.

Question 3.
6 8
× 3 8
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,800
Product: 2,584

Explanation:
Estimate: 68 is close to 70; 38 is close to 40.
70 x 40 = 2,800.
Product: 68 x 38
30 x 6 tens = 180 tens
30 x 8 ones = 240 ones
8 x 6 tens = 48 tens
8 x 8 ones = 64 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 240 + 480 + 64 = 2,584.

Question 4.
9 5
× 1 7
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,700
Product: 1,615

Explanation:
Estimate: 95 is close to 100.
100 x 17 = 1,700.
Product: 95 x 17
10 x 9 tens = 90 tens
10 x 5 ones = 50 ones
7 x 9 tens = 63 tens
7 x 5 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 50 + 630 + 35 = 1,615.

Question 5.
4 9
× 5 4
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,500
Product: 2,646

Explanation:
Estimate: 49 is close to 50; 54 is close to 50.
50 x 50 = 2,500.
Product: 49 x 54
50 x 4 tens = 200 tens
50 x 9 ones = 450 ones
4 x 4 tens = 16 tens
4 x 9 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 450 + 160 + 36 = 2,646.

Question 6.
9 1
× 2 6
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,700
Product: 2,366

Explanation:
Estimate: 91 is close to 90; 26 is close to 30.
90 x 30 = 2,700.
Product: 49 x 54
20 x 9 tens = 180 tens
20 x 1 ones = 20 ones
6 x 9 tens = 54 tens
6 x 1 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 20 + 540 + 6 = 2,366.

Question 7.
8 2
× 1 9
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,600
Product: 1,558

Explanation:
Estimate: 82 is close to 80; 19 is close to 20.
80 x 20 = 1,600.
Product: 82 x 19
10 x 8 tens = 80 tens
10 x 2 ones = 20 ones
9 x 8 tens = 72 tens
9 x 2 ones = 18 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 20 + 720 + 18 = 1,558.

Question 8.
4 6
× 2 7
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,242

Explanation:
Estimate: 46 is close to 50; 27 is close to 30.
50 x 30 = 1,500.
Product: 46 x 27
20 x 4 tens = 80 tens
20 x 6 ones = 120 ones
7 x 4 tens = 28 tens
7 x 6 ones = 42 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 120 + 280 + 42 = 1,242.

Question 9.
4 1
× 3 3
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,353

Explanation:
Estimate: 41 is close to 40; 33 is close to 30.
40 x 30 = 1,200.
Product: 41 x 33
30 x 4 tens = 120 tens
30 x 1 ones = 30 ones
3 x 4 tens = 12 tens
3 x 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
1200 + 30 + 120 + 3 = 1,353.

Question 10.
9 7
× 1 3
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,300
Product: 1,261

Explanation:
Estimate: 97 is close to 100.
100 x 13 = 1,300.
Product: 97 x 13
10 x 9 tens = 90 tens
10 x 7 ones = 70 ones
3 x 9 tens = 27 tens
3 x 7 ones = 21 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 70 + 270 + 21 = 1,261.

Question 11.
7 5
× 6 9
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 5,600
Product: 5,195

Explanation:
Estimate: 75 is close to 80; 69 is close to 70.
80 x 70 = 5,600.
Product: 75 x 69
60 x 7 tens = 420 tens
60 x 5 ones = 300 ones
9 x 7 tens = 63 tens
9 x 5 ones = 45 ones.
Add partial products.
4200 + 300 + 630 + 45 = 5,195.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 181 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 181 Q13

Common Core – Page No. 182

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A choir needs new robes for each of its 46 singers. Each robe costs $32. What will be the total cost for all 46 robes?
Options:
a. $1,472
b. $1,372
c. $1,362
d. $230

Answer:
a. $1,472

Explanation:
46 x $32
40 x $32 = $1,280
6 x $32 = $192
$1,280 + $192 = $1,472

Question 2.
A wall on the side of a building is made up of 52 rows of bricks with 44 bricks in each row. How many bricks make up the wall?
Options:
a. 3,080
b. 2,288
c. 488
d. 416

Answer:
b. 2,288

Explanation:
52 x 44
50 x 44 = 2,200
2 x 44 = 88
2,200 + 88 = 2,288.
2,288 bricks make up the wall.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which expression shows how to multiply 4 × 362 by using place value and expanded form?
Options:
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2)
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200)
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20)
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Answer:
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Explanation:
4 × 362 = 1,448
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2) = 12 + 24 + 8 = 44 not equal to 1,448.
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200) = 1200 + 2400 + 800 = 4,400 not equal to 1,448.
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20) = 1200 + 240 + 80 = 1,520 not equal to 1,448.
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2) = 1200 + 240 + 8 = 1,448 equal to 1,448.

Question 4.
Use the model below. What is the product 4 x 492?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 28
Options:
a. 16 + 36 + 8 = 60
b. 160 + 36 + 8 = 204
c. 160 + 360 + 8 = 528
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Answer:
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 182
1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Question 5.
What is the sum 13,094 + 259,728?
Options:
a. 272,832
b. 272,822
c. 262,722
d. 262,712

Answer:
c. 262,722

Explanation:
13,094 + 259,728 = 262,722

Question 6.
During the 2008–2009 season, there were 801,372 people who attended the home hockey games in Philadelphia. There were 609,907 people who attended the home hockey games in Phoenix. How much greater was the home attendance in Philadelphia than in Phoenix that season?
Options:
a. 101,475
b. 191,465
c. 201,465
d. 202,465

Answer:
b. 191,465

Explanation:
801,372 – 609,907 = 191,465
Philadelphia attendance is 191,465 greater than in Phoenix that season.

Page No. 185

Question 1.
An average of 74 reports with bird counts were turned in each day in June. An average of 89 were turned in each day in July. How many reports were turned in for both months? (Hint: There are 30 days in June and 31 days in July.)
First, write the problem for June.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that An average of 74 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in June.
For June Month, there are 30 days = 30 x 74 = 2,220.

Question 1.
Next, write the problem for July.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
An average of 89 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in July.
For July Month, there are 31 days = 31 x 89 = 2,759.

Question 1.
Last, find and add the two products.
____________ reports were turned in for both months.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that An average of 74 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in June.
For June Month, there are 30 days = 30 x 74 = 2,220.
An average of 89 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in July.
For July Month, there are 31 days = 31 x 89 = 2,759.
Add two products to get the total number of reports that were turned in for both months.
2,220 + 2,759 = 4,979.

Question 2.
What if an average of 98 reports were turned in each day for the month of June? How many reports were turned in for June? Describe how your answer for June would be different.
______ reports

Answer:
720 more reports

Explanation:
Given that an average of 98 reports was turned in each day for the month of June.
June has 30 days.
Total number of reports were turned in for June = 30 x 98 = 2, 940.
From the above answer, 98 − 74 = 24. So, there would be 30 × 24, or 720 more reports.

Question 3.
There are 48 crayons in a box. There are 12 boxes in a carton. Mr. Johnson ordered 6 cartons of crayons for the school. How many crayons did he get?
______ crayons

Answer:
3,456 crayons

Explanation:
There are 48 crayons in a box.
There are 12 boxes in a carton.
So, 1 carton = 48 x 12 = 576 crayons.
If Mr. Johnson ordered 6 cartons of crayons for the school, 6 x 576 crayons = 3,456 crayons.
He gets 3,456 crayons.

Question 4.
Make Sense of Problems Each of 5 birdwatchers reported seeing 15 roseate spoonbills in a day. If they each reported seeing the same number of roseate spoonbills over 14 days, how many would be reported?
______ roseate spoonbills

Answer:
1,050 roseate spoonbills

Explanation:
Given that, 1 day –>5 birdwatchers reported 15 roseate spoonbills = 5 x 15 = 75 roseate spoonbills.
So, in 14 days –> 5 birdwatchers reported 75 x 14 = 1,050 roseate spoonbills.

Page No. 186

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 186 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 186 Q6
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 186 Q6.1

Question 7.
Lydia is having a party on Saturday. She decides to write a riddle on her invitations to describe her house number on Cypress Street. Use the clues to find Lydia’s address.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 29
______ Cypress Street

Answer:
14827 Cypress Street

Explanation:
Given that tens digit is 5 less than 7 = 7 – 5 = 2. 2 is the tens digit.
The thousands digit is twice the digit in the tens place = 2 x 2 = 4.
The hundreds digit is the greatest even number that is less than 10 i.e, 8.
The ones digit is the product of 7 and 1 = 7 x 1 = 7.
The ten thousands digit is the difference between the hundreds digit and the ones digit. So, 8 – 7 = 1.
Add the products to get the final answer = 14827.
Lydia’s address ( house number ) is 14827 Cypress Street.

Question 8.
A school is adding 4 rows of seats to the auditorium. There are 7 seats in each row. Each new seat costs $99. What is the total cost for the new seats? Show your work.
$ ______

Answer:
$2,772

Explanation:
Given that A school is adding 4 rows of seats to the auditorium. There are 7 seats in each row.
So, 7 x 4 = 28 seats are available in an auditorium.
Each new seat costs $99.
28 x $99 = $2,772 for total cost of the new seats.

Common Core – Page No. 187

Problem Solving Multiply 2 – Digit numbers

Solve each problem. Use a bar model to help.

Question 1.
Mason counted an average of 18 birds at his bird feeder each day for 20 days. Gloria counted an average of 21 birds at her bird feeder each day for 16 days. How many more birds did Mason count at his feeder than Gloria counted at hers?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 30
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Answer:
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 30
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Question 2.
The 24 students in Ms. Lee’s class each collected an average of 18 cans for recycling. The 21 students in Mr. Galvez’s class each collected an average of 25 cans for recycling. How many more cans were collected by Mr. Galvez’s class than Ms. Lee’s class?
______ more cans

Answer:
The number of cans collected by Ms. Lee’s class = 18 x 24 = 432.
The number of cans collected by Mr. Galvez’s class = 25 x 21 = 525.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 187
Subtract. 525 – 432 = 93 more cans.
So, Mr. Galvez’s class collected 93 more cans than Ms. Lee’s class.

Question 3.
At East School, each of the 45 classrooms has an average of 22 students. At West School, each of the 42 classrooms has an average of 23 students. How many more students are at East School than at West School?
______ more students

Answer:
Students in East school = 45 x 22 = 990.
Students in West School = 42 x 23 = 966.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 187
Subtract. 990 – 966 = 24.
So, East School has 24 students more than West School.

Question 4.
A zoo gift shop orders 18 boxes of 75 key rings each and 15 boxes of 80 refrigerator magnets each. How many more key rings than refrigerator magnets does the gift shop order?
______ more key rings

Answer:
Number of Key Rings = 75 x 18 = 1,350.
Number of Refrigerator Magnets= 80 x 15 = 1,200.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 3 187
Subtract. 1,350 – 1,200 = 150.
So, key rings are 150 more than refrigerator magnets.

Common Core – Page No. 188

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ace Manufacturing ordered 17 boxes with 85 ball bearings each. They also ordered 15 boxes with 90 springs each. How many more ball bearings than springs did they order?
Options:
a. 5
b. 85
c. 90
d. 95

Answer:
d. 95

Explanation:
Number of ball bearings = 85 x 17 = 1,445.
Number of springs = 90 x 15 = 1,350.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 188
Subtract. 1,445 – 1,350 = 95.
So, ball bearings are 95 more than springs.

Question 2.
Elton hiked 16 miles each day on a 12-day hiking trip. Lola hiked 14 miles each day on her 16-day hiking trip. In all, how many more miles did Lola hike than Elton hiked?
Options:
a. 2 miles
b. 18 miles
c. 32 miles
d. 118 miles

Answer:
c. 32 miles

Explanation:
Hiking trip by Elton = 12 x 16 = 192.
Hiking trip by Lola = 16 x 14 = 224.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 188
Subtract. 224 – 192 = 32.
So, the Hiking trip by Lola is 32 times more than the Hiking trip by Elton.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row. How many apple trees are in the orchard?
Options:
a. 59
b. 192
c. 740
d. 840

Answer:
d. 840

Explanation:
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row.
24 x 35 = 840 apple trees are in the orchard.

Question 4.
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 354,600
b. 355,000
c. 360,000
d. 400,000

Answer:
b. 355,000

Explanation:
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. 4,605 is close to 5,000. So, the answer is 355,000.

Question 5.
Attendance at the football game was 102,653. What is the value of the digit 6?
Options:
a. 6
b. 60
c. 600
d. 6,000

Answer:
c. 600

Explanation:
Digit 6 is at hundreds of positions. So, the answer is 6 x 100 = 600.

Question 6.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet. Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces. How much does the fish weigh?
Options:
a. 7 ounces
b. 49 ounces
c. 55 ounces
d. 56 ounces

Answer:
d. 56 ounces

Explanation:
Let Jill’s parakeet = X.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet = 8X.
Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces.
X + 8X = 63.
9X = 63.
X = 63/9 = 7.
So, Jill’s parakeet =7.
Jill’s fish = 7 x 8 = 56 ounces.

Review/Test – Page No. 189

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 189 Q1

Mrs. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo. The trip will cost $26 for each student. There are 22 students in her class.

Question 2.
Part A
Round each factor to estimate the total cost of the student’s field trip.
$ ______

Answer:
$600

Explanation:
Total cost of the students’ field trip = 22 x $26.
22 x $26
20 x $30 = $600
The total cost would be about $600.

Question 2.
Part B
Use compatible numbers to estimate the total cost of the field trip.
$ ______

Answer:
$500

Explanation:
If we use compatible numbers to estimate the total cost of the field trip.
22 x $26
20 × 25 = 500
The total cost would be about $500.

Question 2.
Part C
Which do you think is the better estimate? Explain.
Better estimate: _________

Answer:
Using rounded numbers is a better estimate. When rounded numbers are used, one estimated factor was $4 more than the actual factor and the other estimated factor was $2 that is less than the actual factor. So, the estimate should be close to the actual one. When compatible numbers are used both estimated factors were less than the actual factors. So, the product will be an underestimate.

Review/Test – Page No. 190

For numbers 3a–3e, select Yes or No to show if the answer is correct.

Question 3.
3a. 35 × 10 = 350
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
35 x 10 = 350
30 x 10 = 300.
5 x 10 = 50.
300 + 50 = 350.

Question 3.
3b. 19 × 20 = 380
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
19 × 20 = 380
19 x 20 = 19 x 2 tens.
19 x 20 = 38 tens = 380.

Question 3.
3c. 12 × 100 = 120
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
12 x 100 = 120.
10 x 100 = 1000
2 x 100 = 200.
1000 + 200 = 1200.

Question 3.
3d. 70 × 100 = 7,000
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
70 x 100 = 7,000
100 x 7 tens = 700 tens = 7,000

Question 3.
3e. 28 × 30 = 2,100
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
28 × 30
20 x 30 = 600
8 x 30 = 240
600 + 240 = 840

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 190 Q4

Question 5.
Which would provide a reasonable estimate for each product? Write the estimate beside the product. An estimate may be used more than once
23 × 38 __________
31 × 32 __________
46 × 18 __________
39 × 21 __________

Answer:
23 × 38 –> 25 x 40
31 x 32 –> 30 × 30
46 × 18 –> 50 × 20
39 × 21 –> 25 × 40

Explanation:
23 × 38; 23 is close to 25; 38 is close to 40.
So, the estimated product is 25 x 40
31 x 32; 31 is close to 30; 32is close to 30.
So, the estimated product is 30 × 30
46 × 18; 46 is close to 50; 18 is close to 20.
So, the estimated product is 50 × 20
39 × 21; 39 is close to 40; 21 is close to 25.
So, the estimated product is 25 × 40

Question 6.
There are 26 baseball teams in the league. Each team has 18 players. Write a number sentence that will provide a reasonable estimate for the number of players in the league. Explain how you found your estimate.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
There are 26 baseball teams in the league. Each team has 18 players.
26 x 18
25 x 20
We Rounded each factor to its close factor, then simplified the multiplication.

Question 7.
The model shows 48 × 37. Write the partial products.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 31
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 190
Partial Products are 1200, 240, 280, 56

Review/Test – Page No. 191

Question 8.
Jess made this model find the product 32 × 17. Her model is incorrect.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 32
Part A
What did Jess do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Jess added the numbers in the model instead of multiplying.

Question 8.
Part B
Redraw the model so that it is correct.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 33
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 190

Question 8.
Part C
What is the actual product 32 × 17?
______

Answer:
544

Explanation:
32 × 17
10 x 32 = 320
7 x 32 = 224
320 + 224 = 544.

Question 9.
Tatum wants to use partial products to find 15 × 32. Write the numbers in the boxes to show 15 × 32.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 34
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 4 190

Review/Test – Page No. 192

Question 10.
Which product is shown by the model? Write the letter of the product on the line below the model.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 35
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 35
C                                              A                                                  B
10 + 3 = 13
10 + 3 = 13
13 x 13
2. 10 + 7 = 17
30 + 6 = 36
17 x 36
3. 20 + 4 = 24
10 + 4 = 14
24 x 14

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 192 Q11

Question 12.
Write the unknown digits. Use each digit exactly once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 36
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 192
90 x 40 = 3,600
90 x 6 = 540
3 x 40 = 120
3 x 6 = 18.
3,600 + 540 + 120 + 8 = 4,278.

Question 13.
Mike has 16 baseball cards. Niko has 17 times as many baseball cards as Mike does. How many baseball cards does Niko have?
________ baseball cards

Answer:
272 baseball cards

Explanation:
Mike has 16 baseball cards. Niko has 17 times as many baseball cards as Mike does.
Niko have 16 x 17 = 272 baseball cards.

Question 14.
Multiply.
36 × 28 = ________

Answer:
1,008

Explanation:
36 x 28
20 x 30 = 600
20 x 6 = 120
8 x 30 = 240
8 x 6 = 48
600 + 120 + 240 + 48 = 1,008

Review/Test – Page No. 193

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 193 Q15

Question 16.
Select another way to show 25 × 18. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
b. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) + (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)
e. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5)

Answer:
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)

Explanation:
25 × 18
10 x 25 = 250
8 x 25 = 200
250 + 200 = 450.
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8) = 200 + 160 + 50 + 40 = 450
b. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) + (25 × 10) + (25 × 8) = 500 + 125 + 250 + 200 = 1,075
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8) = 360 + 50 + 40 = 450
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8) = 250 + 200 = 450
e. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) = 500 + 125 = 625

Question 17.
Terrell runs 15 sprints. Each sprint is 65 meters. How many meters does Terrell run? Show your work.
______ meters

Answer:
975 meters

Explanation:
Terrell run 15 x 65 = 975 meters.

Question 18.
There are 3 new seats in each row in a school auditorium. There are 15 rows in the auditorium. Each new seat cost $74. What is the cost for the new seats? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$3,330

Explanation:
Given that There are 3 new seats in each row in a school auditorium. There are 15 rows in the auditorium. Each new seat cost $74.
So, 3 x 15 = 45 seats are available in an auditorium.
Each new seat costs $74.
45 x $74 = $3,330 for total cost of the new seats.

Question 19.
Ray and Ella helped move their school library to a new building. Ray packed 27 boxes with 25 books in each box. Ella packed 23 boxes with 30 books in each box. How many more books did Ella pack? Show your work.
______ books

Answer:
15 books

Explanation:
Ray packed 27 x 25 = 675 books.
Ella packed 23 x 30 = 690 books
Ella packed 690 – 675 = 15 books more than Ray.

Review/Test – Page No. 194

Question 20.
Julius and Walt are finding the product of 25 and 16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 37
Part A
Julius’ answer is incorrect. What did Julius do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Julius multiplied 25 by 10 and then multiplied 25 by 6 correctly. He added the two partial products incorrectly.

Question 20.
Part B
What did Walt do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Walt multiplied 6 by 5 and got 300 instead of 30

Question 20.
Part C
What is the correct product?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
25 x 16 = 400

Question 21.
A clothing store sells 26 shirts and 22 pairs of jeans. Each item of clothing costs $32.
Part A
What is a reasonable estimate for the total cost of the clothing?
Show or explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$1500

Explanation:
A clothing store sells 26 shirts and 22 pairs of jeans. 26 + 22 = 48 clothes.
Each item of clothing costs $32.
48 x $32
50 x $30 = $1500

Question 21.
Part B
What is the exact answer for the total cost of the clothing? Show or explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$1,536

Explanation:
48 x $32
40 x $32 = $1,280
8 x $32 = $256
$1,280 + $256 = $1,536

Page No. 199

Question 1.
A restaurant has 68 chairs. There are six chairs at each table. About how many tables are in the restaurant?
Estimate. 68 ÷ 6
Think: What number times 6 is about 68?
10 × 6 = ___
11 × 6 = ___
12 × 6 = ___
68 is closest to ______, so the best estimate is about _______ tables are in the restaurant.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
68 is close to 70 and 6 is close to 5.
So, 70/5 = 12.
10 × 6 = __60_
11 × 6 = _66__
12 × 6 = _72__
68 is closest to ___66___, so the best estimate is about 11 x 6 = 66 tables are in the restaurant.

Find two numbers the quotient is between. Then estimate the quotient.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 199 Q2

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 199 Q3

Find two numbers the quotient is between. Then estimate the quotient.

Question 4.
90 ÷ 7
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 12 and 13
about 13

Explanation:
12 x 7 = 84; 13 x 7 = 91.
The quotient of 90 ÷ 7 is between 12 and 13.

Question 5.
67 ÷ 4
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 16 and 17
about 17

Explanation:
16 x 4 = 64; 17 x 4 = 68.
The quotient of 67 ÷ 4 is between 16 and 17.

Question 6.
281 ÷ 9
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 30 and 40
about 30

Explanation:
30 x 9 = 270; 40 x 9 = 360.
The quotient of 281 ÷ 9 is between 30 and 40.

Question 7.
102 ÷ 7
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 14 and 15
about 15

Explanation:
14 x 7 = 98; 15 x 7 = 105.
The quotient of 102 ÷ 7 is between 14 and 15.

Question 8.
85 ÷ 6
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 14 and 15
about 14

Explanation:
14 x 6 = 84; 15 x 6 = 90.
The quotient of 85 ÷ 6 is between 14 and 15.

Question 9.
220 ÷ 8
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 20 and 30
about 30

Explanation:
20 x 8 = 160; 30 x 8 = 240.
The quotient of 220 ÷ 8 is between 20 and 30.

Decide whether the actual quotient is greater than or less than the estimate given. Write < or >.

Question 10.
83 ÷ 8 _______ 10

Answer:
>

Explanation:
83 ÷ 8 = 10.375 > 10

Question 11.
155 ÷ 4 _______ 40

Answer:
<

Explanation:
155 ÷ 4 = 38.75 < 40

Question 12.
70 ÷ 6 _______ 11

Answer:
>

Explanation:
70 ÷ 6 = 11.666 > 11

Question 13.
What’s the Question? A dolphin’s heart beats 688 times in 6 minutes. Answer: about 100 times.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
About how many times does a dolphin’s heart beats in 1 minute?

Question 14.
Analyze A mother bottlenose ate about 278 pounds of food in one week. About how much food did she eat in a day?
about _____ pounds

Answer:
about 40 pounds

Explanation:
278 ÷ 7
The quotient of 278 ÷ 7 is between 39 and 40.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Page 199 Q15

Page No. 200

Question 16.
If a bottlenose dolphin can eat 175 pounds of fish, squid, and shrimp in a week, how many pounds of food does it eat in a day? Milo says the answer is about 20 pounds. Leah says the answer is about 30 pounds. Who is correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 38
________

Answer:
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 25 pounds in 1 day.
Both answers are correct. Because 25 pounds is between 20 and 30 pounds.

Explanation:
1 week = 7 days.
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 175 pounds for 7 days.
For 1 day = 175 ÷ 7 = 25 pounds.
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 25 pounds in 1 day.
Both answers are correct. Because 25 pounds is between 20 and 30 pounds.

Question 17.
Four families went out for lunch. The total food bill came to $167. The families also left a $30 tip for the waitress. If each family spent the same amount, how much did each family spend on dinner? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$98.5

Explanation:
Four families went out for lunch. The total food bill came to $167. The families also left a $30 tip for the waitress.
So, total amount = $167 + $30 = $197.
If each family spent the same amount = $197 ÷ 2 = $98.5
Each family spent $98.5.

Question 18.
There are 6 showings of a film about Van Gogh at the Art Museum. A total of 459 people saw the film. The exact number of people were at each show. About how many people were at each show? Circle the numbers the quotient is between. Then explain how you found your answer.
40 50 60 70 80
Type below:
_________

Answer:
40 50 60 70 80
I found multiples of 6 that 459 is between. 70 × 6 = 420 and 80 × 6 = 480. Since 459 is closer to 480, 459 ÷ 6 is about 80.

Conclusion

Hope the data shared about Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2- Digit Number has helped you in your preparation. If you feel any learning is missing do give us your suggestions and we will consider them if possible. Just keep on visiting our site to get the latest update on Grade 4 Go Math HMH Answer Keys for other chapters as well.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays: Free step by step solutions to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays are available here. You can learn the concepts of Stem and leaf plot, histogram, shapes of distribution, Box and Whisker plots in an easy manner. Hence Download Answer Key of Big Ideas Math 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays for free of cost. Start practicing the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Data Displays problems and score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays

Solve the problems on Data Displays listed below and become a master in maths. I know it is difficult for parents to explain the homework problems. So, in order to help them, we are providing the solutions for BIM Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays. Make use of the Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Solution Key and make your child completer their homework in time.

Performance Task

Lesson 1 – Stem-and-Leaf Plots

Lesson 1 - Stem-and-Leaf Plots

Lesson 2 – Histograms

Lesson 2 - Histograms

Lesson 3 – Shapes of Distributions

Lesson 3 - Shapes of Distributions

Lesson 4 – Choosing Appropriate Measures

Lesson 5 – Box-and-Whisker Plots

Lesson 5 - Box-and-Whisker Plots

Data Displays

Data Displays STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video
Choosing a Dog
Different animals grow at different rates. Given a group of puppies, describe an experiment that you can perform to compare their growth rates. Describe a real-life situation where knowing an animal’s growth rate can be useful.

Watch the STEAM Video “Choosing a Dog.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Using Alex and Tony’s stem-and-leaf plots below, describe the weights of most dogs at 3 months of age and 6 months of age.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 1

Answer:
Weight of dogs at 3 months:
29, 34, 40, 40, 41, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 48, 53
Weight of dogs at 6 months:
57, 58, 61, 61, 63, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 67, 73
2. Make predictions about how the stem-and-leaf plot will look after 9 months and after 1 year.
Weight of dogs at 9 months
77, 78, 81, 81, 83, 84, 85, 85, 85, 86, 87, 91
Weight of dogs at 1 year
87, 88, 89, 93, 94, 95, 95, 95, 95, 96, 97, 99

Performance Task
Classifying Dog Breeds by Size
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 2
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given names, breeds, and weights of full-grown dogs at a shelter.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 3
You will use a data display to make conclusions about the sizes of dogs at the shelter. Why might someone be interested in knowing the sizes of dogs at a shelter?

Answer:
Because they need time to adjust.
You can buy the dog shelter based on the height and weight of the dogs.

Data Displays Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
Work with a partner. A famous data set was collected in Scotland in the mid-1800s. It contains the chest sizes(in inches) of 5738 men in the Scottish Militia.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 4
1. Describe the shape of the bar graph shown above.

Answer: The shape of the above graph is Histogram.

2. Which of the following data sets have a bar graph that is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above? Assume the sample is selected randomly from the population. Explain your reasoning.
a. the heights of 500 women
b. the ages of 500 dogs
c. the last digit of 500 phone numbers
d. the weights of 500 newborn babies

Answer: The last digit of 500 phone numbers is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above.

3. Describe two other real-life data sets, one that is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above and one that is not.

Answer: The height of 500 students in the school and age of students in the classroom.

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
stem-and-leaf plot
box-and-whisker plot
frequency table
five-number summary

Answer:
i. stem-and-leaf plot: A stem-and-leaf display or stem-and-leaf plot is a device for presenting quantitative data in a graphical format, similar to a histogram, to assist in visualizing the shape of a distribution.
ii. A box and whisker plot—also called a box plot—displays the five-number summary of a set of data. The five-number summary is the minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum. In a box plot, we draw a box from the first quartile to the third quartile. A vertical line goes through the box at the median.
iii. In statistics, a frequency distribution is a list, table, or graph that displays the frequency of various outcomes in a sample. Each entry in the table contains the frequency or count of the occurrences of values within a particular group or interval.
iv. The five-number summary is a set of descriptive statistics that provides information about a dataset.

Lesson 10.1 Stem-and-Leaf Plots

EXPLORATION 1

Making a Data Display
Workwith a partner. The list below gives the ages of women when they became first ladies of the United States.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 1
a. The incomplete data display shows the ages of the first ladies in the left column of the list above. What do the numbers on the left represent? What do the numbers on the right represent?
b. This data display is called a stem-and-leaf plot. What numbers do you think represent the stems? leaves? Explain your reasoning.
c. Complete the stem-and-leaf plot using the remaining ages.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-10-Data-Displays-10.1-1
The tens place represents the stem and the ones place represents the leaf.
d. REASONING
Write a question about the ages of first ladies that is easier to answer using a stem-and-leaf plot than a dot plot.
Answer: Make the stem and leaf plot to find the ages of the first ladies.
By using the above data you can make the stem and leaf plot easily.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 2

Key Idea
Stem-and-Leaf Plots
A stem-and-leaf plot uses the digits of data values to organize a data set. Each data value is broken into a stem(digit or digits on the left) and a leaf(digit or digits on the right).
A stem-and-leaf plot shows how data are distributed.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 4

EXAMPLE 1

Making a Stem-and-Leaf Plot
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 5
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the lengths of the 12 phone calls.
Step 1: Order the data.
2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 14, 18, 23, 23, 30, 36, 55
Step 2: Choose the stems and the leaves. Because the data values range from 2 to 55, use the tens digits for the stems and the ones digits for the leaves. Be sure to include the key.
Step 3: Write the stems to the left of the vertical line.
Step 4: Write the leaves for each stem to the right of the vertical line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 6

Try It
Question 1.
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the hair lengths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 7
Answer:
Step 1: Order the data.
1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 7, 12, 20, 23, 27, 30, 32, 33, 38, 40, 44, 47
Step 2: Choose the stems and the leaves. Because the data values range from 1 to 47, use the tens digits for the stems and the ones digits for the leaves. Be sure to include the key.
Step 3: Write the stems to the left of the vertical line.
Step 4: Write the leaves for each stem to the right of the vertical line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_5

EXAMPLE 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 8
The stem-and-leaf plot shows student quiz scores. (a) How many students scored less than 8 points? (b) How many students scored at least 9 points? (c) How are the data distributed?
a. There are five scores less than 8 points:
6.6, 7.0, 7.5, 7.7, and 7.8.
Five students scored less than 8 points.10
b. There are four scores of at least 9 points:
9.0, 9.2, 9.9, and 10.0.
Four students scored at least 9 points.
c. There are few low quiz scores and few high quiz scores. So, most of the scores are in the middle, from 8.1 to 8.9 points.

Try It
Question 2.
Use the grading scale at the right.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 9
a. How many students received a B on the quiz?
Answer: There are 9 students who received a B on the quiz.
b. How many students received a C on the quiz?
Answer: There are 4 students who received a C on the quiz.

Self – Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
MAKING A STEM-AND-LEAF PLOT
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data values 14, 22, 9, 13, 30, 8, 25, and 29.
Answer:
The ones represent the leaf and the tens place represent the stem.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_6

Question 4.
WRITING
How does a stem-and-leaf plot show the distribution of a data set?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 10
Answer:
02, 03, 1, 21, 26, 30, 34, 36, 44, 45, 48, 48, 49

Explanation:
A stem-and-leaf display or stem-and-leaf plot is a device for presenting quantitative data in a graphical format, similar to a histogram, to assist in visualizing the shape of a distribution.

Question 5.
REASONING
Consider the stem-and-leaf plot shown.
a. How many data values are at most 10?
Answer: By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the data values of at most 10.
The data values less than or equal to 10 are 3.
b. How many data values are at least 30?
Answer: By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the data values of at least 30.
The data values of less than 30 are 5.
c. How are the data distributed?
Answer: The data is distributed according to the stem and leaf plot. The tens place is given to the stem and the ones place is given to the leaf.

Question 6.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you display data whose values range from 82 through 129 in a stem-and-leaf plot?
Answer:
Given data range from 82 to 129
Considering 9 random values between 82 and 129.
From the data 86, 91, 93, 100, 107, 109, 113, 122, 124, stem and leaf are calculated for each number.
86 is split into 8 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
91 is split into 9 (stem) and 1 (leaf)
93 is split into 9 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
100 is split into 10 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
107 is split into 10 (stem) and 7 (leaf)
109 is split into 10 (stem) and 9 (leaf)
113 is split into 11 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
122 is split into 12 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
124 is split into 12 (stem) and 4 (leaf)

Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_7

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the heights of several houseplants. Use the data to answer the question, “What is a typical height of a houseplant?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 11
Find the mean, median, and mode of the data. Use the measure that best represents the data to answer the statistical question.
Mean: \(\frac{162}{15}\) = 10.8
Median: 11
Mode: 11
The mean is slightly less than the median and mode, but all three measures can be used to represent the data.
So, the typical height of a houseplant is about 11 inches.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 12
Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes to conduct the following experiment. Then use a stem-and-leaf plot to organize your results and describe the distribution of the data.
• Toss the cubes and find the product of the resulting numbers. Record your results.
• Repeat this process 30 times.
Answer:
From the data 15,4,6,30,6,8,36,12,12,6,6,4,15,10,4,2,20,3,15,6,4,6,3,10,3,20,4,12,4,20.
Stem and leaf are calculated for each number.
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
30 is split into 3 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
08 is split into 0 (stem) and 8 (leaf)
36 is split into 3 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
10 is split into 1 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
02 is split into 0 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
03 is split into 0 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
03 is split into 0 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
Big ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_8

Question 8.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the weights (in pounds) of several puppies at a pet store. Use the data to answer the question, “How much does a puppy at the pet store weigh?
Answer:
We can use the mean of the data. To find the mean, add the data then divide the sum of the number of data
(8+12+15+17+18+24+24+31)/8 = 149/8 = 18.625
To the nearest pound, a puppy weighs about 19 pounds

Stem-and-Leaf Plots Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
Question 1.
8, 6, 8, 5, 3, 10, 11, 5, 7
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
3, 5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 8, 10, 11
We find the mean of the data
mean = (3 + 5 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 8 + 10 + 11)/9
mean = 7

Question 2.
55, 46, 39, 62, 55, 51, 48, 60, 39, 45
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
39, 39, 45, 46, 48, 51, 55, 55, 60, 62
We find the mean of the data
mean = (39 + 39 + 45 + 46 + 48 + 51 + 55 + 55 + 60 + 62)/10
mean = 50

Question 3.
37, 54, 41, 18, 28, 32
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
18, 28, 32, 37, 41, 54
We find the mean of the data
mean = (18+28+32+37+41+54)/6
mean = 35

Question 4.
12, 25, 8, 22, 6, 1, 10, 4
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in ascending order.
1, 4, 6, 8, 10,12, 22, 25
mean = (1+ 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 22 + 25)/8
mean = 11

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.
Question 5.
5(n + 8)
Answer: 5n + 40

Explanation:
5(n + 8) = 5 × n + 5 × 8
5n + 40

Question 6.
7(y – 6)
Answer: 7y – 42

Explanation:
7(y – 6) = 7 × y – 7 × 6
7y – 42

Question 8.
14(2b + 3)
Answer: 28b + 42

Explanation:
14(2b + 3) = 14 × 2b + 14 × 3
28b + 42

Question 9.
11(9 + s)
Answer: 99 + 11s

Explanation:
11(9 + s) = 11 × 9 + 11 × s
99 + 11s

Solve the equation.
Question 9.
\(\frac{p}{2}\) = 8
Answer: 16

Explanation:
\(\frac{p}{2}\) = 8
p = 8 × 2
p = 16

Question 10.
28 = 6g
Answer: 4.66

Explanation:
28 = 6g
g = 28/6 = 4.66
Thus g = 4.66

Question 11.
3d ÷ 4 = 9
Answer: 12

Explanation:
3d ÷ 4 = 9
3d = 9 × 4
3d = 36
d = 36/3
d = 12
Thus d = 12

Question 12.
10 = \(\frac{2z}{3}\)
Answer:

Explanation:
10 = \(\frac{2z}{3}\)
10 × 3 = 2z
2z = 30
z = 30/2
z = 15
So, z = 15

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REASONING
Write a question that is easier to answer using the stem-and-leaf plot than a dot plot. (See Exploration 1, p. 457.)
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 13
Answer:
Make a stem leaf plot to find the number of customers who visit your shop.
12, 13, 16, 17, 20, 21, 21, 23, 23, 28, 28, 32, 33, 34, 34, 35, 35, 36, 39, 39, 40, 41, 41, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 49

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 14
Answer:
Make the stem leaf plot to find the number of text messages you received per hour.
40, 40, 42, 46, 46, 49, 51, 51, 53, 53, 57, 57, 57, 59, 59, 59, 61, 62, 62, 65, 65, 66, 67, 68, 68, 70, 72, 72, 73, 74.

MAKING A STEM-AND-LEAF PLOT Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 15
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_9

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 16
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_10

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 17
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_10

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 18
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_12

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 19
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_13

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 20
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_14

Question 21.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend makes a stem-and-leaf plot of the data. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 21
51, 25, 47, 42, 55, 26, 50, 44, 55
Answer: your friend is correct

Explanation:
In stem and leaf plot the tens place represent stem and the ones place represent the leaf.

MODELING REAL LIFE
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the numbers of confirmed cases of a virus in 15 countries.
Question 22.
How many of the countries have more than 60 confirmed cases?
Answer: 6 countries

Explanation:
By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the number of cases more than 60.
The number of leaf represents the number of countries.
62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97.
Thus there are 6 countries that have more than 60 confirmed cases.

Question 23.
Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Answer:
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
In its simplest mathematical definition regarding data sets, the mean used is the arithmetic mean, also referred to as mathematical expectation, or average.
Mean:
mean = (41+41+43+43+45+50+52+53+54+62+63+63+67+75+97)/15
mean = 56.6
Median:
In the odd cases where there are only two data samples or there is an even number of samples where all the values are the same, the mean and median will be the same.
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
So, the median of the given data is 53.
Mode:
The mode is the value in a data set that has the highest number of recurrences.
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
mode = 41, 43, 63 (Repeated 2 times)

Question 24.
How are the data distributed?
Answer:
The distribution of a data set is the shape of the graph when all possible values are plotted on a frequency graph. Usually, we are not able to collect all the data for our variable of interest.

Question 25.
Which data value is an outlier? Describe how the outlier affects the mean.
Answer:
Outliers affect the mean value of the data but have little effect on the median or mode of a given set of data.
Example: A student receives a zero on a quiz and subsequently. has the following scores: 0, 70, 70, 80, 85, 90, 90, 90, 95, 100. Outlier: 0.

Question 26.
REASONING
Each stem-and-leaf plot below has a mean of 39. Without calculating, determine which stem-and-leaf plot has the lesser mean absolute deviation. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 23
Answer:
i. 23, 27, 30, 32, 36, 39, 41, 42, 45, 48, 51, 54
Mean = (23+27+30+32+36+39+41+42+45+48+51+54)/12
Mean = 39
The mean absolute deviation is 7.833
ii. 22, 24, 25, 28, 29, 33, 38, 45, 53, 56, 57, 58
Mean = (22+24+25+28+29+33+38+45+53+56+57+58)/12
Mean = 39
The mean absolute deviation is 12.333
Thus the first stem and leaf plot has the lesser mean absolute deviation.

Question 27.
DIG DEEPER!
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the daily high temperatures (in degrees Fahrenheit) for the first 15 days of June.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 24
a. When you include the daily high temperatures for the rest of the month, the mean absolute deviation increases. Draw a stem-and-leaf plot that could represent all of the daily high temperatures for the month.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_6
b. Use your stem-and-leaf plot from part(a) to answer the question, “What is a typical daily high temperature in June?”
Answer: 89°F is the high temperature in the month of June.

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
The back-to-back stem-and-leaf plot shows the 9-hole golf scores for two golfers. Only one of the golfers can compete in a tournament as your teammate. Use measures of center and measures of variation to support choosing either golfer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 25
Answer:
The scores of Rich are
35, 37, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 48
The scores of Will are
42, 43, 44, 44, 46, 47, 47, 48, 49
Will can compete in the tournament.

Lesson 10.2 Histograms

EXPLORATION 1

Performing an Experiment
Work with a partner.
a. Make the airplane shown from a single sheet of 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) by-11-inch paper. Then design and make your own paper airplane.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 1
b. PRECISION
Fly each airplane 20 times. Keep track of the distance flown each time. Specify Units. What units will you use to measure the distance flown? Will the units you use affect the results in your frequency table? Explain.
c. A frequency table groups data values into intervals. The frequency is the number of values in an interval. Use a frequency table to organize the results for each airplane.
d. MODELING Represent the data in the frequency tables graphically. Which airplane flies farther? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 3

Key Idea
Histograms
p. 463 frequency, A histogram is a bar graph that shows the frequencies of data values in intervals of the same size.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 4
The height of a bar represents the frequency of the values in the interval.

EXAMPLE 1
Making a Histogram
The frequency table shows the numbers of laps that people in a swimming class completed today. Display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 5
Step 1: Draw and label the axes.
Step 2: Draw a bar to represent the frequency of each interval.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 6

Try It
Question 1.
The frequency table shows the ages of people riding a roller coaster. Display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 7
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answers Chapter 10 Data Displays img_21

EXAMPLE 2
Using a Histogram
The histogram shows winning speeds at the Daytona 500.
(a) Which interval contains the most data values?
(b) How many of the winning speeds are less than 140 miles per hour?
(c) How many of the winning speeds are at least 160 miles per hour?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 8.1
a. The interval with the tallest bar contains the most data values.
So, the 150−159 miles per hour interval contains the most data values.
b. One winning speed is in the 120−129 miles per hour interval, and eight winning speeds are in the 130−139 miles per hour interval.
So, 1 + 8 = 9 winning speeds are less than 140 miles per hour.
c. Eight winning speeds are in the 160−169 miles per hour interval, and five winning speeds are in the 170−179 miles per hour interval.
So, 8 + 5 =13 winning speeds are at least 160 miles per hour.

Try It
Question 2.
The histogram shows the numbers of hours that students in a class slept last night.
a. How many students slept at least 8 hours?
b. How many students slept less than 12 hours?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 8

Answer:

A. Number of students who slept for 8 to 11 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 12 to 15 hours is 3.
The total number of students who slept for atleast 8 hours is 8.

B. Number of students who slept for 8 to 11 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 4 to 7 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 0 to 3 hours is 2.
Thus the number of students who slept for less than 12 hours is 8 + 8 + 2 = 18 students

EXAMPLE 3
Comparing Data Displays
The data displays show how many push-ups students in a class completed for a physical fitness test. Which data display can you use to find how many students are in the class? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 9
You can use the histogram because it shows the number of students in each interval. The sum of these values represents the number of students in the class. You cannot use the circle graph because it does not show the number of students in each interval.

Try It
Question 3.
Which data display should you use to describe the portion of the entire class that completed 30−39 push-ups? Explain.
Answer: You should use the percentage of the number of students in the interval of 30-39 to find the completed push-ups.
The portion of the entire class that completed 30−39 push-ups is 24%

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal
Question 4.
MAKING A HISTOGRAM
The table shows the numbers of siblings of students in a class.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 10
a. Display the data in a histogram.b. Explain how you chose reasonable intervals for your histogram in part
Answer:

Question 5.
NUMBER SENSE
Can you find the range and the interquartile range of the data in the histogram? If so, find them. If you cannot find them, explain why not.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 11
Answer:

EXAMPLE 4
Modeling Real Life made using the data displays in Example 3?
A. Twelve percent of the class completed 9 push-ups.
B. Five students completed at least 10 and at most 19 push-ups.
C. At least one student completed more than 39 push-ups.
D. Less than \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the class completed 30 or more push-ups.
The circle graph shows that12% completed 0−9 push-ups, but you cannot determine how many completed exactly 9. So, Statement A cannot be made.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 12
In the histogram, the bar height for the 10−19 interval is 5, and the bar height for the 40−49 interval is 1. So, Statements B and C can be made.
The circle graph shows that24% completed 30−39 push-ups, and 4% completed 40−49 push-ups. So, 24% + 4% =28% completed 30 or more push-ups. Because \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 25% and 28% > 25%, Statement D cannot be made.
The correct answers are A and D.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 13
Question 6.
The histogram shows the numbers of rebounds per game for a middle school basketball player in a season.
a. Which interval contains the most data values?
b. 54 How many games did the player play during the season?
c. In what percent of the games did the player have 4 or more rebounds?
Answer:

Question 7.
Determine whether you can make each statement by using the histogram in the previous exercise.Explain.Rebounds
a. The basketball player had 2 rebounds in 6 different games.
b. The basketball player had more than 1 rebound in 9 different games
Answer:

Histograms Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_11

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_12

Find the percent of the number.
Question 3.
25% of 180
Answer: 45

Explanation:
25% = 25/100
25/100 × 180
We get 45
So, 25% of 180 is 45.

Question 4.
30% of 90
Answer: 27

Explanation:
30% = 30/100
30/100 × 90 = 27
So, 30% of 90 is 27

Question 5.
16% of 140
Answer: 22.4

Explanation:
16% = 16/100
16/100 × 140 = 22.4
So, 16% of 140 is 22.4

Question 6.
64% of 807.
Answer: 516.48

Explanation:
64% = 64/100
64/100 × 807 = 516.48
So, 64% of 807 is 516.48

Question 7.
What is the least common multiple of 7 and 12?
A. 28
B. 42
C. 84
D. 168
Answer: 84

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 7:
7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49, 56, 63, 70, 77, 84, 91, 98
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108
Therefore,
LCM(7, 12) = 84
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
MAKING A FREQUENCY TABLE Organize the data using a frequency table. (See Exploration 1, p. 463.)
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 16
Answer:

BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_13

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 17
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_14

MAKING A HISTOGRAM Display the data in a histogram.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 18
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_15

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 19
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_16

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 20
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_17

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 21
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_18

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 22
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_19

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 23
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_20

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend displays the data in a histogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 24
Answer: yes your friend is correct.
The frequency table matches the histogram.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The histogram shows the numbers of magazines read last month by the students in a class.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 25
a. Which interval contains the fewest data values?
Answer: The interval 4-5 has the fewest data values.
b. How many students are in the class?
Answer:
0-1 = 2
2-3 = 15
4-5 = 0
6-7 = 3
2 + 15 + 3 = 20
c. What percent of the students read fewer than six magazines?
Answer: By seeing the above histogram we can say that 25% of the students read fewer than six magazines.

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend interprets the histogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 26
Answer:
Compare your friend with the above histogram.
By seeing the above histogram we can say that it took 12 seconds to download songs.
So, your friend is correct.

Question 19.
REASONING
The histogram shows the percent of the voting-age population in each state who voted in a presidential election. Explain whether the graph supports each statement.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 27
a. Only 40% of one state voted.
b. In most states, between 50% and 64.9% voted.
c. The mode of the data is between 55% and 59.9%
Answer:

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The histograms show the areas of counties in Pennsylvania and Indiana. Which state do you think has the greater area? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 28
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The data displays show how many pounds of garbage apartment residents produced in 1 week. Which data display can you use to find how many residents produced more than 25 pounds of garbage? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 29
Answer:

Question 22.
REASONING
Determine whether you can make each statement by using the data displays in Exercise 21. Explain your reasoning.
a. One resident produced 10 pounds of garbage.
b. Twelve residents produced between 20 and 29 pounds of garbage.
Answer:

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the lengths of some whales in a marine sanctuary.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 30
a. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 51−55.
b. Make another histogram of the data using a different-sized interval.
c. Compare and contrast the two histograms.
Answer:

Question 24.
LOGIC
Can you find the mean or the median of the data in Exercise 17? Explain.
Answer:

Lesson 10.3 Shapes of Distributions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 1

EXPLORATION
Describing Shapes of Distributions
Work with a partner. The lists show the first three digits and last four digits of several phone numbers in the contact list of a cell phone.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 2
a. Compare and contrast the distribution of the last digit of each phone number to the distribution of the first digit of each phone number. Describe the shapes of the distributions.
b. Describe the shape of the distribution of the data in the table below. Compare it to the distributions in part(a).
Answer:

You can use dot plots and histograms to identify shapes of distributions.

Key Ideas
Symmetric and Skewed Distributions
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 3

EXAMPLE 1
Describing Shapes of Distributions

Describe the shape of each distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 4

Try It
Question 1.
Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 5
Answer:
BIM 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays Answer Key img_4
A symmetric distribution has a graph in which the left side is a mirror image of the right side.
A skewed distribution has a graph in which a “tail” extends to the left and most data are on the right OR a “tail” extends to the right and most data are on the left.

EXAMPLE 2
Describing the Shape of a Distribution
The frequency table shows the ages of people watching a comedy in a theater. Display the data in a histogram. Then describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 6
Draw and label the axes. Then draw a bar to represent the frequency of each interval.
Most of the data are on the right, and the tail extends to the left.
So, the distribution is skewed left.
Answer:
For a distribution that is skewed right, the tail extends to the right and most of the data are on the left side of the graph.

Try It
Question 2.
The frequency table shows the ages of people watching a historical movie in a theater. Display the data in a histogram. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 7
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
WRITING
Explain in your own words what it means for a distribution to be (a) skewed left, (b) symmetric, and (c) skewed right.
Answer:

Question 4.
DESCRIBING A DISTRIBUTION
Display the data shown in a histogram. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 8
Answer:

Question 5.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which histogram does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 9
Answer:

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
The histogram shows the ages of people watching an animated movie in the same theater as in Example 2. Which movie has an older audience?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 10
Understand the problem
You are given histograms that display the ages of people watching two movies. You are asked to determine which movie has an older audience.

Make a plan
Use the intervals and distributions of the data to determine which movie has an older audience.

Solve and check
The intervals in the histograms are the same. Most of the data for the animated movie are on the left, while most of the data for the comedy are on the right. This means that the people watching the comedy are generally older than the people watching the animated movie.

So, the comedy has an older audience.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 11
Check Reasonableness
The movies have similar attendance. However,only4 people watching the comedy are 17 or under. A total of 35 people watching the animated movie are 17 or under. So, it is reasonable to conclude that the comedy has an older audience.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 6.
The frequency table shows the numbers of visitors each day to parks in Aurora and Grover in one month. Which park generally has more daily visitors? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 12
Answer:

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
The frequency tables below show the ages of guests on two cruises. Can you make accurate comparisons of the ages of the guests? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 13
Answer:

Shapes of Distributions Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_1
On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 15
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_2

On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_3

On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Write a unit rate for the situation.
Question 4.
$200 per 8 days
Answer:
200/8 = 25
Thus $25 per day.

Question 5.
60 kilometers for every 1.5 hours
Answer:
Your average speed is 60 km per 1.5 hours.
60/1.5 = 40 km/hr

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

DESCRIBING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS Describe the shape of the distribution of the data in the table. (See Exploration 1, p. 471.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 17
Answer:
Step 1:
Order the data
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 18
Answer:
Step 1:
Order the data
12, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 15, 16, 16, 16.

DESCRIBING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS

Describe the shape of the distribution.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 19
Answer: 25, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 30, 30, 30

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 20
Answer:

15, 16, 16, 17, 17, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 21

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 21
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 22
Answer:

Question 12.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency table shows the years of experience for the medical states in Jones County and Pine County. Display the data for each county in a histogram. Which county’s medical state has less experience? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 23
Answer:

Question 13.
REASONING
What is the shape of the distribution of the restaurant waiting times? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 24
Answer:

Question 14.
LOGIC
Are all distributions either approximately symmetric or skewed? Explain. If not, give an example.
Answer:

Question 15.
REASONING
Can you use a stem-and-leaf plot to describe the shape of a distribution? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the donation amounts received by a charity in one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 25
a. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 0–14. Describe the shape of the distribution.
b. A company adds $5 to each donation. Make another histogram starting with the same interval as in part(a). Compare the shape of this distribution with the distribution in part(a). Explain any differences in the distributions.
Answer:

Question 17.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe the shape of the distribution of each bar graph. Match the letters A, B, and C with the mean, the median, and the mode of each data set. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 26
Answer:

Lesson 10.4 Choosing Appropriate Measures

EXPLORATION 1
Using Shapes of Distributions
Work with a partner.
In Section 10.3 Exploration 1(a), you described the distribution of the first digits of the numbers at the right. In Exploration 1(b), you described the distribution of the data set below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 1
What do you notice about the measures of center, measures of variation, and the shapes of the distributions? Explain.
b. Which measure of center best describes each data set? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 2
c. which measures best describe the data. Which measure of variation best describes each data set? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

You can use a measure of center and a measure of variation to describe the distribution of a data set.e shape of the distribution can help you choose which measures are the most appropriate to use.

Key Idea

Choosing Appropriate Measures
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) uses the mean in its calculation. So, when a data distribution is symmetric,
• use the mean to describe the center and
• use the MAD to describe the variation.

The interquartile range (IQR) uses quartiles in its calculation. So, when a data distribution is skewed,
• use the median to describe the center and
• use the IQR to describe the variation.

EXAMPLE 1
Choosing Appropriate Measures
The frequency table shows the number of states that border each state in the United States. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 3
To see the distribution of the data, display the data in a histogram.
The left side of the graph is approximately a mirror image of the right side of the graph. The distribution is symmetric.
So, the mean and the mean absolute deviation are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.

Try It
Question 1.
The frequency table shows the gas mileages of several motorcycles made by a company. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 4
Answer:
To see the distribution of the data, display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_15

EXAMPLE 2
Describing a Data Set
The dot plot shows the average numbers of hours students in a class sleep each night. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 5
Most of the data values are on the right, clustered around 9, and the tail extends to the left. The distribution is skewed left, so the median and the interquartile range are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The median is 8.5 hours. The first quartile is 7.5, and the third quartile is 9. So, the interquartile range is 9 − 7.5 = 1.5 hours.
The data are centered around 8.5 hours. The middle half of the data varies by no more than 1.5 hours.

Try It
Question 2.
The dot plot shows the numbers of hours people spent at the gym last week. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 6
Answer:
Most of the data values are on the right, clustered around 6, and the tail extends to the left. The distribution is skewed left, so the median and the interquartile range are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The median is 5 hours. The first quartile is 2, and the third quartile is 4.
So, the interquartile range is 4 – 2 = 2 hours
The data are centered around 5 hours. The middle half of the data varies by no more than 2 hours.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
OPEN-ENDED
Construct a dot plot for which the mean is the most appropriate measure to describe the center of the distribution.
Answer:

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE MEASURES
Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Explain your reasoning. Then find the measures you chose.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 7
Answer:
20, 28, 32, 32, 36, 36, 40, 40, 40, 40, 44, 44, 44, 48
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Q1 = 32
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 = 44
Median is the average of the data values.
So, the median, Q2 is 40.
Interquartile Range = Q3 – Q1
IQR = 44 – 32
IQR = 12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 8
Answer:
8, 10, 10, 12, 12, 12, 14, 14, 14, 14, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, 20
8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Q1 = 12
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 = 16
Median is the average of the data values.
So, the median, Q2 is 14
Interquartile Range = Q3 – Q1
IQR = 16 – 12
IQR = 4

Question 6.
WRITING
Explain why the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation of a data set are determined by the shape of the distribution.
Answer:
You can use a measure of center and a measure of variation to describe the distribution of a data set. The shape of the distribution can help you choose which measures are the most appropriate to use. The dot plot shows the average number of hours students in a class sleep each night.

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
Two baskets each have16 envelopes with money inside, as shown in the tables. How much does a typical envelope in each basket contain? Why might a person want to pick from Basket B instead of Basket A?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 9
In each graph, the left side is a mirror image of the right side. Because both distributions are symmetric, the mean and the mean absolute deviation are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The mean of each data set is \(\frac{800}{16}\) = $50. The MAD of Basket A is \(\frac{320}{16}\) = $20, and the MAD of Basket B is \(\frac{120}{16}\) = $7.50. So, Basket A has more variability.

A typical envelope in each basket contains about $50. A person may choose from Basket B instead of Basket A because there is less variability. This means it is more likely to get an amount near $50 by choosing an envelope from Basket B than by choosing an envelope from Basket A.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 7.
Why might a person want to pick from Basket A instead of Basket B in Example 3? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 8.
In a video game, two rooms each have 12 treasure chests containing gold coins. The tables show the numbers of coins in each chest. You pick one chest and are rewarded with the coins inside. From which room would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 10
Answer:

Question 9.
Create a dot plot of the numbers of pets that students in your class own. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Answer:

Choosing Appropriate Measures Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Describe the shape of the distribution.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 11
Answer:
Order the data
5, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 8, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 10, 10, 10, 10
The shape of the distribution for the above dot plot is
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-6-Chapter-10-Data-Displays-10.4-11

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 12
Answer:

Find the median, first quartile, third quartile, and interquartile range of the data.
Question 3.
68, 74, 67, 72, 63, 70, 78, 64, 76
Answer:
Order the data
63, 64, 67, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78
The median is nothing but the average value of the data.
70 is the average of the data values.
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
Thus the second quartile Q2 is 70.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Thus Q1 is 65.5
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 is 75
Interquartile Range IQR = 9.5
If the size of the data set is odd, do not include the median when finding the first and third quartiles.
If the size of the data set is even, the median is the average of the middle 2 values in the data set. Add those 2 values, and then divide by 2. The median splits the data set into lower and upper halves and is the value of the second quartile Q2.

Question 4.
39, 48, 33, 24, 30, 44, 36, 41, 28, 53
Answer:
Order the data
24, 28, 30, 33, 36, 39, 41, 44, 48, 53
If the size of the data set is even, the median is the average of the middle 2 values in the data set. Add those 2 values, and then divide by 2. The median splits the data set into lower and upper halves and is the value of the second quartile Q2.
Median is (36+39)/2 = 37.5
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
Thus the second quartile Q2 is 37.5
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Thus Q1 is 30
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 is 44
Interquartile Range IQR = 14
If the size of the data set is odd, do not include the median when finding the first and third quartiles.

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 5.
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) ÷ 2
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{22}{5}\)
\(\frac{22}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{22}{10}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{22}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
5\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer: 5 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
5\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{41}{8}\)
\(\frac{41}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{41}{8}\) × \(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{328}{56}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{328}{56}\) = 5 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Question 7.
2\(\frac{3}{7}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{1}{7}\)
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
2\(\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{17}{7}\)
1\(\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{8}{7}\)
\(\frac{17}{7}\) ÷ \(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{119}{56}\)
Simplify the fraction
\(\frac{119}{56}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer: \(\frac{8}{75}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{15}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{75}\)

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Find the mean and the median of the data set. Which measure of center best describes the data set? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 477.)
Question 9.
9, 3, 7, 7, 9, 2, 8, 9, 6, 7, 8, 9
Answer:

Question 10.
24, 25, 27, 27, 23, 29, 26, 26, 26, 25, 28
Answer:

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE MEASURES
Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 13
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 14
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 15
Answer:

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 16
Answer:

Question 15.
DESCRIBING DATA SETS
Describe the centers and the variations of the data sets in Exercises 11 and 12.
Answer:

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency table shows the numbers of eggs laid by several octopi. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 17
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The dot plot shows the vertical jump heights (in inches) of several professional athletes. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 18
Answer:

Question 18.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life situation where the median and the interquartile range are likely the best measures of center and variation to describe the data. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a board game in which you draw from one of two piles of cards. Each card has a number that says how many spaces you will move your piece forward on the game board. The tables show the numbers on the cards in each pile. From which pile would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 19
Answer:

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The frequency table shows the numbers of words that several students can form in 1 minute using the letters P, S, E, D, A. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and variation? Can you find the exact values of the measures of center and variation for the data? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 20
Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
A bag contains 20 vouchers that can be redeemed for different numbers of tokens at an arcade, as shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 21
a. Find the most appropriate measure to describe the center of the data set.
b. You randomly select a voucher from the bag. How many tokens are you most likely to receive? Explain.
c. Are your answers in parts (a) and (b) the same? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Lesson 10.5 Box-and-Whisker Plots

EXPLORATION 1
Drawing a Box-and-Whisker Plot
Work with a partner. Each student in a sixth-grade class is asked to choose a number from 1 to 20. The results are shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 1
a. The box-and-whisker plot below represents the data set. Which part represents the box? the whiskers? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 2
b. What does each of the five plotted points represent?
c. In your own words, describe what a box-and-whisker plot is and what it tells you about a data set.
d. Conduct a survey in your class. Have each student write a number from 1 to 20 on a piece of paper. Collect all of the data and draw a box-and-whisker plot that represents the data. Compare the data with the box-and-whisker plot in part(a).
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 3.1

Key Idea
Box-and-Whisker Plot
A box-and-whisker plot represents a data set along a number line by using the least value, the greatest value, and the quartiles of the data. A box-and-whisker plot shows the variability of a data set.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 3
The five numbers that make up the box-and-whisker plot are called the five-number summary of the data set.

EXAMPLE 1
Making a Box-and-Whisker Plot
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the ages(in years) of the spider monkeys at a zoo.
15, 20, 14, 38, 30, 36, 30, 30, 27, 26, 33, 35
Step 1: Order the data. Find the quartiles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 4
Step 2: Draw a number line that includes the least and greatest values. Graph points above the number line that represent the five-number summary.
Step 3: Draw a box using the quartiles. Draw a line through the median. Draw whiskers from the box to the least and the greatest values.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 5
Answer:

Try It
Question 1.
A group of friends spent 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 3, 6, 1, 0, 1, 2, and 2 hours online last night.Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Answer:

The figure shows how data are distributed in a box-and-whisker plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 6

EXAMPLE 2
Analyzing a Box-and-Whisker Plot
The box-and-whisker plot shows the body mass index (BMI) of a sixth-grade class.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 7
a. What fraction of the students have a BMI of at least 22?
The right whisker represents students who have a BMI of at least 22.
So, about \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the students have a BMI of at least 22.
b. Are the data more spread out below the first quartile or above the third quartile? Explain.
The right whisker is longer than the left whisker.
So, the data are more spread out above the third quartile than below the first quartile.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
interquartile range = third quartile − first quartile
= 22 – 19 = 3
So, the middle half of the students’ BMIsvaries by no more than 3.

Try It
Question 2.
The box-and-whisker plot shows the heights of the roller coasters at an amusement park.
(a) What fraction of the roller coasters are between 120 feet tall and 220 feet tall?
(b) Are the data more spread out below or above the median? Explain.
(c) Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 8
Answer:

A box-and-whisker plot also shows the shape of a distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 9

EXAMPLE 3
Identifying Shapes of Distributions
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the life spans of crocodiles and alligators at a zoo. Identify the shape of the distribution of the lifespans of alligators.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 10
For alligator life spans, the whisker lengths are equal. The median is in the middle of the box. The left side of the box-and-whisker plot is a mirror image of the right side of the box-and-whisker plot.
So, the distribution is symmetric.
Answer:

Try It
Question 3.
Identify the shape of the distribution of the life spans of crocodiles.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 4.
VOCABULARY
Explain how to find the five-number summary of a data set.
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data. Identify the shape of the distribution.
Question 5.
Ticket prices (dollars): 39, 42, 40, 47, 38, 39, 44, 55, 44, 58, 45
Answer:

Question 6.
Number of sit-ups: 20, 20, 23, 25, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 30, 32, 34, 37, 38
Answer:

Question 7.
NUMBER SENSE
In a box-and-whisker plot, what fraction of the data is greater than the first quartile?
Answer:

EXAMPLE 4
Modeling Real Life
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the prices of snowboards at two stores.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 11
a. Which store’s prices are more spread out? Explain. Both boxes appear to be the same length. So, the interquartile range of each data set is equal. The range of the prices in Store B, however, is greater than the range of the prices in Store A.
So, the prices in Store B are more spread out.
b. Which store’s prices are generally higher? Explain.
For Store A,the distribution is symmetric with about one-half of the prices above $300.
For Store B, the distribution is skewed right with about three-fourths of the prices above $300.
So, the prices in Store B are generally higher.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 8.
The tables at the left show the test scores of two sixth-grade achievement tests. The same group of students took both tests. The students took one test in the fall and the other in the spring.
a. Analyze each distribution. Then compare and contrast the test results.
b. Which table likely represents the results of which test? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 12
Answer:

Question 9.
Make a box-and-whisker plot that represents the heights of the boys in your class. Then make a box-and-whisker plot that represents the heights of the girls in your class. Compare and contrast the distributions.
Answer:

Box-and-Whisker Plots Homework & Practice 10.5

Review & Refresh

Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 13
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 14
Answer:

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 15
Answer: –\(\frac{2}{3}\) > –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
The least common denominator (LCD) is 12
Rewriting as equivalent fractions with the LCD:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Now compare the fractions
–\(\frac{8}{12}\) >-\(\frac{9}{12}\)
Thus we can say that –\(\frac{2}{3}\) > –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 16
Answer: -2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) < -2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
Rewriting these inputs as fractions:
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{11}{5}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{13}{6}\)
The LCM is 30
Rewriting as equivalent fractions with the LCD
\(\frac{11}{5}\) = \(\frac{66}{30}\)
\(\frac{13}{6}\) = \(\frac{65}{30}\)
– \(\frac{66}{30}\) < – \(\frac{65}{30}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) < -2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 17
Answer: -5.3 > -5.5

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
The smallest number with the negative sign will be the greater number
Thus -5.3 > -5.5

Factor the expression using the GCF.
Question 6.
42 + 14
Answer

Question 7.
12x – 18
Answer:

Question 8.
28n + 20
Answer:

Question 9.
60g – 25h
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING DATA Compare the data in the box-and-whisker plots. (See Exploration 1, p. 483.)
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 18
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 19
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 12.
Ages of teachers (in years): 30, 62, 26, 35, 45, 22, 49, 32, 28, 50, 42, 35
Answer:

Question 13.
Quiz scores: 8, 12, 9, 10, 12, 8, 5, 9, 7, 10, 8, 9, 11
Answer:

Question 14.
Donations (in dollars): 10, 30, 5, 15, 50, 25, 5, 20, 15, 35, 10, 30, 20
Answer:

Question 15.
Science test scores: 85, 76, 99, 84, 92, 95, 68, 100, 93, 88, 87, 85
Answer:

Question 16.
Shoe sizes: 12, 8.5, 9, 10, 9, 11, 11.5, 9, 9, 10, 10, 10.5, 8
Answer:

Question 17.
Ski lengths (in centimeters): 180, 175, 205, 160, 210, 175, 190, 205, 190, 160, 165, 195
Answer:

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend makes a box-and-whisker plot for the data shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 20
2, 6, 4, 3, 7, 4, 6, 9, 6, 8, 5, 7
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The numbers of days 12 friends went camping during the summer are 6, 2, 0, 10, 3, 6, 6, 4, 12, 0, 6, and 2. Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data. What is the range of the data?
Answer:

Question 20.
ANALYZING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
The box-and-whisker plot represents the numbers of gallons of water needed to fill different types of dunk tanks offered by a company.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 21
a. What fraction of the dunk tanks requires at least 500 gallons of water?
b. Are the data more spread out below the first quartile or above the third quartile? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The box-and-whisker plot represents the heights (in meters) of the tallest buildings in Chicago.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 22
a. What percent of the buildings are no taller than 345 meters?
b. Is there more variability in the heights above 345 meters or below 260.5 meters? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
The numbers of spots on several frogs in a jungle are shown in the dot plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 23
a. Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
b. Compare the dot plot and the box-and-whisker plot. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of each data display.
Answer:

SHAPES OF BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOTS
Identify the shape of the distribution. Explain.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 24
Answer:

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 25
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 26
Answer:

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 27
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the start times of recess for classes at two schools.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 28
a. Identify the shape of each distribution.
b. Which school’s start times for recess are more spread out? Explain.
c. You randomly pick one class from each school. Which class is more likely to have recess before lunch? Explain.
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 28.
Temperatures (in °C): 15, 11, 14, 10, 19, 10, 2, 15, 12, 14, 9, 20, 17, 5
Answer:

Question 29.
Checking account balances (in dollars): 30, 0, 50, 20, 90, −15, 40, 100, 45, −20, 70, 0
Answer:

Question 30.
REASONING
The data set in Exercise 28 has an outlier. Describe how removing the outlier affects the box-and-whisker plot.
Answer:

Question 31.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a data set with 12 values that has a symmetric box-and-whisker plot.
Answer:

Question 32.
CRITICAL THINKING
When does a box-and-whisker plot not have one or both whiskers?
Answer: A simpler formulation is this: no whisker will be visible if the lower quartile is equal to the minimum, or if the upper quartile is equal to the maximum.

Question 33.
STRUCTURE Draw a histogram that could represent the distribution shown in Exercise 25.
Answer:

Question 34
DIG DEEPER!
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the goals scored per game by two lacrosse teams during a 16-game season.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 29
a. Which team is more consistent? Explain.
b. Team 1 played Team 2 once during the season. Which team do you think won? Explain.
c. Can you determine the number of games in which Team 2 scored 10 goals or less? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
CHOOSE TOOLS
A market research company wants to summarize the variability of the SAT scores of graduating seniors in the United States. Should the company use a stem-and-leaf plot, a histogram, or a box-and-whisker plot? Explain.
Answer:

Data Displays Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
1. The locations of pitches in an at-bat are shown in the coordinate plane, where the coordinates are measured in inches. Describe the location of a typical pitch in the at-bat.
Understand the problem
You know the locations of the pitches. You are asked to find the location of a typical pitch in the at-bat.

Make a plan
First, use the coordinates of the pitches to create two data sets, one for the x-coordinates of the pitches and one for the y-coordinates of the pitches. Next, make a box-and-whisker plot for each data set. Then use the most appropriate measure of center for each data set to find the location of a typical pitch.

Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 1

2. A set of 20 data values is described below. Sketch a histogram that could represent the data set. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 2
• least value: 10
• first quartile: 25
• mean: 29
• third quartile: 34
• greatest value: 48
• MAD: 7

3. The chart shows the dimensions (in inches) of several flat-rate shipping boxes. Each box is in the shape of a rectangular prism. Describe the distribution of the volumes of the boxes. Then find the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation of the volumes.

Performance Task
Classifying Dog Breeds by Size
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Choosing a Dog.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 3

Data Displays Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 1

Graphic Organizers
You can use an Information Frame to help you organize and remember concepts. Here is an example of an Information Frame for the vocabulary term histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 2
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
1. stem-and-leaf plot
2. frequency table
3. shapes of distributions
4. box-and-whisker plot
Answer:

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 3

10.1 Stem-and-Leaf Plots
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in stem-and-leaf plots.

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_16

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_17

Question 3.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the weights (in pounds) of yellowfin tuna caught during a fishing contest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 3
a. How many tuna weigh less than 90 pounds?
b. Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
c. How are the data distributed?
Answer:

Question 4.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the body mass index (BMI) for adults at a recreation center. Use the data to answer the question, “What is the typical BMI for an adult at the recreation center?” Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Write a statistical question that can be answered using the stem-and-leaf plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 5
Answer:

10.2 Histograms (pp. 463-470)
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in histograms.

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_19

Question 8.
The histogram shows the number of crafts each member of a craft club made for a fundraiser.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 8
a. Which interval contains the most data values?
b. Frequency How many members made at least 6 crafts?
c. Can you use the histogram to determine the total number of crafts made? Explain.
Answer:

10.3 Shapes of Distributions (pp. 471–476)
Learning Target: Describe and compare shapes of distributions.

Question 9.
Describe the shape of the distribution.
Answer: The shape of a distribution is described by its number of peaks and by its possession of symmetry, its tendency to skew, or its uniformity.

Question 10.
The frequency table shows the math test scores for the same class of students as Exercise 9. Display the data in a histogram. Which test has higher scores?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 10
Answer:

Question 11.
The table shows the numbers of neutrons for several elements in the nonmetal group of the periodic table. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 0–9. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 11
Answer:

10.4 Choosing Appropriate Measures (pp. 477–482)
Learning Target: Use the shape of the distribution of a data set to determine which measures of center and variation best describe the data.

Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Students’ Heights
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 12
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 13
Answer:

Question 14.
Describe the center and the variation of the data set in Exercise 13.
Answer:

10.5 Box-and-Whisker Plots (pp. 483–490)
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in box-and-whisker plots.

Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 15.
Ages of volunteers at a hospital:
14, 17, 20, 16, 17, 14, 21, 18
Answer:

Question 16.
Masses (in kilograms) of lions:
120, 200, 180, 150, 200, 200, 230, 160
Answer:

Question 17.
The box-and-whisker plot represents the lengths (in minutes) of movies being shown at a theater.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 17
a. What percent of the movies are no longer than 120 minutes?
b. Is there more variability in the movie lengths longer than 130 minutes or shorter than 110 minutes? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 18.
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the heights of students in two math classes.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 18
a. Identify the shape of each distribution.Height(cm)
b.Which class has heights that are more spread out? Explain.
c.You randomly pick one student from each class. Which student is more likely to be taller than 170 centimeters? Explain.
Answer:

Data Displays Practice Test

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_9

Question 3.
Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 3
Answer:
Given data 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
Mean:
The mean refers to an intermediate value between a discrete set of numbers, namely, the sum of all values in the data set, divided by the total number of values.
x̄ = (35+38+40+41+48+50+54+54+54+55+59+60)/12
x̄ = 49
Thus mean of the given data is 49.
Median:
Given data 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
In the case where the total number of values in a data sample is odd, the median is simply the number in the middle of the list of all values. When the data sample contains an even number of values, the median is the mean of the two middle values.
Median = (50+54)/2 = 104/2 = 52
Thus the median of the given data is 52.
Mode:
The mode is the value in a data set that has the highest number of recurrences.
35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
Mode = 54 (repeated 3 times)

Question 4.
Display the data in a histogram. How many people watched less than 20 hours of television per week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 4
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays Answer Key img_10
By seeing the above histogram we can find the number of people who watched less than 20 hours of television per week.
14 + 16 = 30
Therefore 30 people watched less than 20 hours per week.

Question 5.
The dot plot shows the numbers of glasses of water Water Consumed that the students in a class drink in one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 5
a. Describe the shape of the distribution.
b. Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Find the measures you chose.
Answer:

Question 6.
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the lengths (in inches) of fish in a pond: 12, 13, 7, 8, 14, 6, 13, 10.
Answer:

Question 7.
The double box-and-whisker plot compares the battery lives (in hours) of two brands of cell phones.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 7
a. What is the range of the upper 75% of battery life for each brand of cell phone?
b. Which brand of cell phone typically has a longer battery life? Explain.
c. In the box-and-whisker plot, there are 190 cell phones of Brand A that have at most 10.5 hours of battery life. About how many cell phones are represented in the box-and-whisker plot for Brand A?
Answer:

Data Displays Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Research scientists are measuring the numbers of days lettuce seeds take to germinate. In a study, 500 seeds were planted. Of these,473 seeds germinated. The box-and-whisker plot summarizes the numbers of days it took the seeds to germinate. What can you conclude from the box-and-whisker plot?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 1
A. The median number of days for the seeds to germinate is 12.
B. 50% of the seeds took more than 8 days to germinate.
C. 50% of the seeds took less than 5 days to germinate.
D. The median number of days for the seeds to germinate was 6.
Answer:

Question 2.
Find the interquartile range of the data.
15 7 5 8 9 20 12 7 11 7 15
F. 8
G. 11
H. 12
I. 20
Answer: 8

Question 3.
There are seven different integers in a set. When they are listed from least to greatest, the middle integer is −1. Which statement below must be true?
A. There are three negative integers in the set.
B. There are three positive integers in the set.
C. There are four negative integers in the set.
D. The integer in the set after −1 is positive.
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the mean number of seats?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 4
F. 2.4 seats
G. 5 seats
H. 6.5 seats
I. 7 seats5.
Answer:

Question 5.
On Wednesday, a town received 17 millimeters of rain. This was x millimeters more rain than the town received on Tuesday. Which expression represents the amount of rain, in millimeters, the town received on Tuesday?
A. 17x
B. 17 – x-c
C. x + 17
D. x – 17
Answer:

Question 6.
One of the leaves is missing in the stem-and-leaf plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 6
The median of the data set represented by the stem-and-leaf plot is 38. What is the value of the missing leaf?
Answer:

Question 7.
Which property is demonstrated by the equation?
723 + (y + 277) = 723 + (277 + y)
F. Associative Property of Addition
G. Commutative Property of Addition
H. Distributive Property
I. Addition Property of Zero
Answer: Associative Property of Addition

Explanation:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 8.
A student took five tests and had a mean score of 92. Her scores on the first 4 tests were 90, 96, 86, and 92. What was her score on the fifth test?
A. 92
B. 93
C. 96
D. 98
Answer: 86

Explanation:
Given that,
A student took five tests and had a mean score of 92.
Her scores on the first 4 tests were 90, 96, 86, and 92.
(90+96+86+92+s)/5=90
(364+s)/5=90
364+s=450
s=86
So she scored an 86 on the fifth test.

Question 9.
At the end of the school year, your teacher counted the number of absences for each student. The results are shown in the histogram. How many students had fewer than 10 absences?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 9
Answer:

Question 10.
The ages of the 16 members of a camera club are listed below.
40, 22, 24, 58, 30, 31, 37, 25, 62, 40, 39, 37, 28, 28, 51, 44
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 10.1
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 10
Part A Order the ages from youngest to oldest.
Part B Find the median of the ages.
Part C Make a box-and-whisker plot for the ages.
Answer:

Conclusion:

I wish the information prevailed in Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays is beneficial for all. Tap the links and kickstart your preparation. Share the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pdf to your friends and help them to overcome their difficulties. Stay tuned to our site to get the solutions of all Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapters.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction

Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts

3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Show What You Know

Model Subtracting Tens
Write the difference.
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.1
5 tens − 3 tens = ______ tens
50 − 30 = _____
Answer:
20

Explanation:
There are 5 tens if we subtract 3 tens only 2 tens will remain.Therefore 50‐30 =20.

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.2
7 tens − 2 tens = ______ tens
70 − 20 = _____
Answer:
50

Explanation:
There are 7 tens if we subtract 2 tens only 5 tens will remain.Therefore 70‐20 =50.

2-Digit Addition
Write the sum.
Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.3
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 7 tens and 9 ones.So, 54+25=79

Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.4
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 4 tens and 13 ones.13 ones is 1 tens and 3 ones.Finally there are 5 tens and 3 ones.So, 35+18=83

Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.5
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 14 tens and 9 ones.14 tens means 1 hundreds and 4 tens.Finally there are 1 hundreds, 4 tens and 9 ones.So, 82+67=149.

Question 6.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.6
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 10 tens and 10 ones.10 tens means 1 hundreds and 10 ones means 1 tens.Finally there are 1 hundreds and 1 tens. So, 29+81=110

Hundreds, Tens, and Ones
Write the hundreds, tens, and ones shown. Write the number.
Question 7.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.7
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 2 hundreds, 5 tens and 3 ones.So, the number is 253.

Question 8.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 1.8
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 3 hundreds, 5 tens and 1 ones.So, the number is 351.

3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Vocabulary Builder

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 2.1
Visualize It
Fill in the graphic organizer by writing examples of ways to regroup.

Understand Vocabulary
Question 1.
Write a number that has a hundreds digit that is greater than its tens digit. _________
Answer:
540

Explanation:
In the number 540 the tens digit is 4 and the hundreds digit is 5.As 5 is greater than 4 the number has a hundreds digit that is greater than its tens digit.

Question 2.
Write an addition sentence that has a sum of 20. ______
Answer:
10+10=20

Explanation:
There are 10 ones and 10 ones in the above picture.10 ones means 1 tens.Finally there are 2 tens.So, 10+10=20.

Question 3.
Write a subtraction sentence that has a difference of 10. ________
Answer:
20-10=10

Explanation:
There are 2 tens in above picture if we subtract 1 tens from it we get 1 tens.So, 20‐10=10.

3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Game 2-Digit Shuffle

Materials

  • number cards 10–50
  • 2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 2.3

Play with a partner.

  1. Shuffle the number cards. Place them face down in a pile.
  2. Take two cards. Say the sum of the two numbers.
  3. Your partner checks your sum.
  4. If your sum is correct, place a counter on a button. If you regrouped to solve, place a counter on another button.
  5. Take turns. Cover all the buttons. The player with more counters on the board wins.
  6. Repeat the game, saying the difference between the two numbers for each turn.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 2.4

3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Vocabulary Game

Picture It
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 2.5
For 3 to 4 players
Materials

  • timer
  • sketch pad

How to Play

  1. Take turns to play.
  2. Choose a math word from the Word Box. Do not say the word.
  3. Set the timer for 1 minute.
  4. Draw pictures and numbers to give clues about the math word.
  5. The first player to guess the word gets 1 point. If he or she use the word in a sentence, they get 1 more point. That player gets the next turn.
  6. The first player to score 5 points wins.

The Write Way
Reflect
Choose one idea. Write about it on the lines below.

  • Tell how to solve this problem.
    42 – 25 = _____
  • Write a paragraph that uses at least three of these words.
    addends digit sum hundred regroup
  • Explain something you know about regrouping.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 2.6

Lesson 6.1 Draw to Represent 3-Digit Addition

Essential Question How do you draw quick pictures to show adding 3-digit numbers?

Listen and Draw

Draw quick pictures to model the problem. Then solve.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 1

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Tools Explain how your quick pictures show the problem.
Answer:

Explanation:
Manuel read 45 pages in a book and then he read 31 morw pages.As shown in the above picture there are 7 tens and 6 ones.It is 76.Therefore manuel read 76 pages in all.

Share and Show

Draw quick pictures. Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
Question 1.
Add 125 and 344.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 2
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:

4 hundreds 6 tens and 9 ones is 469.

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 4 hundreds, 6 tens and 9 ones.So, the number is 469.

Question 2.
Add 307 and 251.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 3
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:

5 hundreds 5 tens and 8 ones is 558

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 5 hundreds, 5 tens and 8 ones.So, the number is 558.

On Your Own

Draw quick pictures. Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
Question 3.
Add 231 and 218.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 4
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:

4 hundreds 4 tens and 9 ones is 449.

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 4 hundreds, 4 tens and 9 ones.So, the number is 449.

Question 4.
Add 232 and 150.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 5
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:

3 hundreds 8 tens and 2 onea is 382

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 3 hundreds, 8 tens and 2 ones.So, the number is 382.

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Use the quick pictures to find the two numbers being added. Then write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 6
Add ____ and _____
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:
Add 153 and 205
There are 3 hundreds, 5 tens and 8 ones.So, the sum of 153 and 205 is 358.
3 hundreds 5 tens and 8 ones.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 6.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Represent a Problem
There are 125 poems in Carrie’s book and 143 poems in Angie’s book. How many poems are in these two books? Draw a quick picture to solve.
______ poems
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 125 and 143
There are 2 hundreds, 6 tens and 8 ones.So, the sum of 125 and 143 is 268.
2 hundreds 6 tens and 8 ones.

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER+
Rhys wants to add 456 and 131.
Help Rhys solve this problem. Draw quick pictures. Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 7
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 456 and 131.
In the above picture there are 5 hundreds, 8 tens and 7 ones.So the number is 587.
5 hundreds 8 tens 7 ones

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write 145 + 122. Have your child explain how he or she can draw quick pictures to find the sum.
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 145 and 122.
There are 2 hundreds, 6 tens and 7 ones in the above picture.So, the sum of 145 and 122 is 267.
2 hundred 6 tens 7 ones.

Draw to Represent 3-Digit Addition Homework & Practice 6.1

Draw quick pictures. Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
Question 1.
Add 142 and 215.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.1 8
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
______
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 142 and 215.
In the above picture add the hundreds, tens and ones.There are 3 hundreds, 5 tens and 7 ones.So the sum of 142 and 215 is 357.
3 hundreds 5 tens 7 ones.

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 2.
A farmer sold 324 lemons and 255 limes. How many pieces of fruit did the farmer sell altogether?
______ pieces of fruit
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 324 and 255.
In the above picture add the hundreds,tens and ones.There are 5 hundreds 7 tens and 9 ones.So the sum of 324 and 255 is 579.
5 hundreds 7 tens 9 ones.

Question 3.
WRITE
Draw quick pictures and write to tell how you would add 342 and 416.
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 342 and 416.
In the above picture add the hundreds,tens and ones.There are 7 hundreds, 5 tens and 8 ones.So, the sum of 342 and 416 is 758.
7 hundreds 5 tens and 8 ones.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Ms. Carol sold 346 child tickets and 253 adult tickets. How many tickets did Ms. Carol sell?
______ tickets
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 346 and 253.
In the above picture add the humdreds, tens and ones.There are 5 hundreds, 9 tens and 9 ones.So, the sum of 346 and 253 is 599.
5 hundreds 9 tens 9 ones.

Question 2.
Mr. Harris counted 227 gray pebbles and 341 white pebbles. How many pebbles did Mr. Harris count?
_______ pebbles
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 227 and 341.
In the above picture add the hundreds, tens and ones.There are 5 hundreds,6 tens and 8 ones.So the sum of 227 and 341 is 568.
5 hundreds 6 tens 8 ones.

Question 3.
Pat has 3 rows of shells. There are 4 shells in each row. How many shells does Pat have?
_____ shells
Answer:

Explanation:
Add the shells in the above picture.There are 3 rows of shells and each row has 4 shells each.So, there are 12 shells in all.
1 tens and 2 ones.

Question 4.
Kara counted 32 red pens, 25 blue pens, 7 black pens, and 24 green pens. How many pens did Kara count?
______ pens
Answer:

Explanation:
Add the number of pens kara counts.Add the tens and ones.There are 7 tens and 18 ones.So, the number of pens kara counted is 7 tens and 18 ones ie 8 tens and 8 ones.Therefore the sum of 32,25,7 and 24 is 88.
8 tens and 8 ones.

Question 5.
Kai had 46 blocks. He gave 39 blocks to his sister. How many blocks does Kai have left?
46 – 39 = ______ blocks
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture 39 is removed from 46.So, the difference of 46 and 39 is 7.
7 ones.

Question 6.
A shop has 55 posters for sale. 34 posters show sports. The rest of the posters show animals. How many posters show animals?
_______ posters
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture 34 is removed from 55.So, the difference of 55 and 34 is 21.
2 tens 1 ones.

Lesson 6.2 Break Apart 3-Digit Addends

Essential Question How do you break apart addends to add hundreds, tens, and then ones?

Listen and Draw

Write the number. Draw a quick picture for the number. Then write the number in different ways.
_______
______ hundreds ______ tens _____ ones
_____ + _____ + ______
Answer:
258
2 hundreds 5 tens 8 ones
200+50+8

_______
______ hundreds ______ tens _____ ones
_____ + _____ + ______
Answer:
325
3 hundreds 2 tens 5 ones
300+20+8

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Make Connections
What number can be written as 400 + 20 + 9?
Answer:
400+20+9
=4 hundreds 2 tens and 9 ones
400+20+9=429

Model and Draw

Break apart the addends into hundreds, tens, and ones. Add the hundreds, the tens, and the ones. Then find the total sum.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 1
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 538 and 216.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 7 hundreds,4 tens and 14 ones.So, the sum of 538 and 216 is 754.
7 hundreds 5 tens 4 ones.

Share and Show

Break apart the addends to find the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 2
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 321 and 457.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 7 hundreds,7 tens and 8 ones.So, the sum of 321 and 457 is 778
7 hundreds 7 tens 8 ones.

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 3
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 744 and 162.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 8 hundreds,1 tens and 6 ones.So, the sum of 744 and 162 is 906.
9 hundreds 0 tens 6 ones.

Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 4
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 254 and 536.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 7 hundreds,8 tens and 10 ones.So, the sum of 254 and 536 is 790.
7 hundreds 9 tens 0 ones.

On Your Own

Break apart the addends to find the sum.
Question 4.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 5
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 538 and 216.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 7 hundreds,4 tens and 14 ones.So, the sum of 538 and 216 is 754.
7 hundreds 5 tens 4 ones.

Question 5

Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 6
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 425 and 232.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 5 hundreds,5 tens and 7 ones.So, the sum of 538 and 216 is 557.
5 hundreds 5 tens 7 ones.

Question 6.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 7
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 849 and 123.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 9 hundreds,6 tens and 12 ones.So, the sum of 538 and 216 is 972.
9 hundreds 7 tens 2 ones.

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER+
Mr. Jones has many sheets of paper. He has 158 sheets of blue paper, 100 sheets of red paper, and 231 sheets of green paper. How many sheets of paper does he have?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 8
______ sheets of paper
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 158,100 and 231.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 4 hundreds,8 tens and 9 ones.So, the sum of 158,100 and 231 is 489.
4 hundreds 8 tens 9 ones.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 8.
GO DEEPER
Wesley added in a different way.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 9
Answer:

Explanation:
As in the above example add hundreds,tens and ones seperately and the sum of hundreds,tens and ones is 786.
7 hundreds 8 tens 6 ones

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
There are 376 children at one school. There are 316 children at another school. How many children are at the two schools?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 10
Select one number from each column to solve the problem.
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 376 and 316.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 6 hundreds,8 tens and 12 ones.So, the sum of 376 and 316 is 692.
6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Write 347 + 215. Have your child break apart the numbers and then find the sum.

Break Apart 3-Digit Addends Homework & Practice 6.2

Break apart the addends to find the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 11
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 12
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 3.
There are 126 crayons in a bucket. A teacher puts 144 more crayons in the bucket. How many crayons are in the bucket now?
______ crayons
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 126 crayons in a bucket and the teacher adds 144 more to the bucket.To find the totqal number of crayons in the bucket, Add 126 and 144.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 2 hundreds,7 tens and 0 ones.So, the sum of 126 and 144 is 270.Therefore there are total 260 crayons in the bucket.
2 hundreds 6 tens 0 ones.

Question 4.
WRITE
Draw quick pictures and write to explain how to break apart addends to find the sum of 324 + 231.
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 324 and 231.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 5 hundreds,5 tens and 5 ones.So, the sum of 324 and 231 is 555.
5 hundreds 5 tens 5 ones.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the sum?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 13
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 218 and 145.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 3 hundreds,5 tens and 13 ones.So, the sum of 218 and 145 is 363.
3 hundreds 6 tens 3 ones.

Question 2.
What is the sum?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 14
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 664 and 223.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 8 hundreds,8 tens and 7 ones.So, the sum of 664 and 223 is 887.
8 hundreds 8 tens 7 ones.

Spiral Review
Question 3.
Ang found 19 berries and Barry found 21 berries. How many berries did they find altogether?
19 + 21 = ______ berries
Answer:

Explanation:
Ang found 19 berries and Barry found 21 berries.Add 19 and 21.There are 3 tens and 10 ones in the above picture.So, the sum of 19 and 21 is 40.
4 tens and 0 ones.

Question:
Write a subtraction fact related to 9 + 6 = ______
Answer:
20-5=15

Explanation:
In the above question the sum of 9 and 6 is 15.So, the subtraction fact for 15 is 20-5=15.

Question 5.
There are 25 goldfish and 33 betta fish. How many fish are there?
25 + 33 = _____ fish
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 25 goldfish and 33 betta fish.Add 25 and 33.Add the tens and ones from the above picture.There are 5 tens and 8 ones.So the sum of

Question 6.
Subtract 16 from 41. What is the difference?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.2 15
Answer:

Lesson 6.3 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones

Essential Question When do you regroup ones in addition?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 1 to model the problem. Draw quick pictures to show what you did.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 2

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how you modeled the problem.
Answer:

Explanation:
To find the sum of 213 and 356.There are 5 hundreds,6 tens and 9 ones in the above picture.So. the sum of 213 and 356 is 569.5 hundreds 6 tens 9 ones.

Model and Draw

Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 3

Share and Show

Write the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 4
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 328 and 134 is 462.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 5
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately without regrouping.The sum of 445 and 23 is 468.

On Your Own

Write the sum.
Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 6
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately without regrouping.The sum of 526 and 103 is 629.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 7
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 348 and 19 is 367.

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 8
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 628 and 347 is 975.

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 9
Answer:

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 10
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 562 and 329 is 891.

Question 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 11
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 147 and 125 is 272.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
On Thursday, there were 326 visitors at the zoo. There were 200 more visitors at the zoo on Friday than on Thursday. How many visitors were at the zoo on both days?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 12
______ visitors
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately without regrouping.The sum of 326 and 200 is 526.

Problem Solving • Applications

Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 10.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Model with Mathematics
The gift shop is 140 steps away from the zoo entrance. The train stop is 235 steps away from the gift shop. How many total steps is this?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 13
______ steps
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately without regrouping.The sum of 140 and 235is 375.

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
Katina’s class used 249 noodles to decorate their bulletin board. Gunter’s class used 318 noodles. How many noodles did the two classes use?
________ noodles
Did you have to regroup to solve? Explain.
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 249 and 318 is 567.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain why he or she regrouped in only some of the problems in this lesson.

3-Digit Addition: Regroup Ones Homework & Practice 6.3

Write the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 14
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 148 and 234 is 382.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 15
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 321 and 318 is 639.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 16
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 414 and 179 is 593.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 17
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 602 and 258 is 860.

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 5.
In the garden, there are 258 yellow daisies and 135 white daisies. How many daisies are in the garden altogether?
______ daisies
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 258 and 135 is 393.

Question 6.
WRITE
Find the sum of 136 + 212. Explain why you did or did not regroup.
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately without regrouping.The sum of 136 and 212 is 348.

Leson Check
Question 1.
What is the sum?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 18
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 435 and 146 is 581.

Question 2.
What is the sum?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 19
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 436 and 306 is 742.

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the difference?
9 – 4 = _______
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture there are 9 ones.Subtract 4 ones from ir.There are 5 ones remained after subracting.Therefore the difference of 9 and 4 is 5.

Question 4.
What is the sum?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.3 20
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 13 tens and 11 ones in the above picture.Regroup 11 ones as 1 tens 1 ones.Add the tens and ones.Therefore there are 14 tens and 1 ones.Regroup 14 tens as 1 hundreds 4 tens.So,the sum of 82 and 59 is 1 hundreds 4 tens 1 ones.

Question 5.
What is the sum?
26 + 7 = ____
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 2 tens and 13 ones in the above picture.regroup 13 ones as 1 tens 3 ones.Add the tens and ones.Therefore the sum of 26 and 7 is 33

Question 6.
Add 243 and 132. How many hundreds, tens, and ones are there in all?
______ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture the ones,tens and hundreds are added seperately by regrouping the ones.The sum of 243 and 132 is 375.

Lesson 6.4 3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens

Essential Question When do you regroup tens in addition?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 1 to model the problem. Draw quick pictures to show what you did.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 2

Answer:

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Explain how your quick pictures show what happened in the problem.
Answer:

Model and Draw

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 3
Answer:

Share and Show

Write the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 5
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 6
Answer:

On Your Own

Write the sum.
Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 7
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 8
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 9
Answer:

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 10
Answer:

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 11
Answer:

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 12
Answer:

Question 10.
GO DEEPER
In a bowling game, Jack scored 116 points and 124 points. Hal scored 128 points and 134 points. Who scored more points? How many more points were scored?
_____ ______ more points
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Attend to Precision
Rewrite the numbers. Then add.
Question 11.
760 + 178
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 13
Answer:

Question 12.
216 + 346
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 14
Answer:

Question 13.
423 + 285
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 15
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications
Question 14.
THINK SMARTER
These lists show the pieces of fruit sold. How many pieces of fruit did Mr. Olson sell?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 16
_______ pieces of fruit
Answer:

Question 15.
GO DEEPER
Who sold more pieces of fruit?
_______________
How many more?
_______ more pieces of fruit
Answer:

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
At the city park theater, 152 people watched the morning play. Another 167 watched the afternoon play.
How many people watched the two plays? ______ people
Fill in the bubble next to each true sentence about how to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 17
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child choose a new combination of two fruits on this page and find the total number of pieces of the two types of fruit.

3-Digit Addition: Regroup Tens Homework & Practice 6.4

Write the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 18
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 19
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 20
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 21
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 22
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 23
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 7.
There are 142 blue toy cars and 293 red toy cars at the toy store. How many toy cars are there?
_______ toy cars
Answer:

Question 8.
WRITE
Find the sum of 362 + 265. Explain why you did or did not regroup.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 24
Answer:

Question 2.
Annika has 144 pennies and Yahola has 284 pennies. How many do they have altogether?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 25
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 26
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 27
Answer:

Question 5.
Francis had 8 toy cars, then his brother gave him 9 more. How many toy cars does Francis have now?
8 + 9 = ______ cars
Answer:

Question 6.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.4 28
Answer:

Lesson 6.5 Addition: Regroup Ones and Tens

Essential Question How do you know when to regroup in addition?

Listen and Draw

Use mental math. Write the sum for each problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 1
10 + 30 + 40 = _____
100 + 400 + 200 = _____
10 + 50 + 40 = _____
600 + 300 = _____
Answer:

Explanation:
Add the tens digits  and hundreds digits in the above sums.

Explanation:
Add the tens digits and the hundreds digits in the above sums.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Analyze Were some problems easier to solve than other problems? Explain.
Answer:

Share and Show

Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 2
Write the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 3
Answer:

Explanation:
4 ones+ 9 ones=13 ones
1 ten + 8 tens +2 tens=11 tens
1 hundred + 1 hundred + 3 hundreds=5 hundreds.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 4
Answer:

Explanation:
6 ones+ 8 ones=14 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +7 tens=12 tens
1 hundred + 5 hundred + 2 hundreds=8 hundreds.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 5
Answer:

Explanation:
7 ones+ 3 ones=10 ones
1 ten + 2 tens +5 tens=11 tens
3 hundreds + 3 hundreds=6 hundreds.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 6
Answer:

Explanation:
4 ones+ 2 ones=6 ones
3 tens +5 tens=8 tens
2 hundred + 1 hundreds=3 hundreds.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 7
Answer:

Explanation:
5 ones+ 2 ones=7 ones
7 tens +7 tens=14 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds + 2 hundreds=6 hundreds.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 8
Answer:

Explanation:
9 ones+ 3 ones=12 ones
1 ten + 8 tens +2 tens=11 tens
1 hundred + 1 hundred + 6 hundreds=8 hundreds.

On Your Own

Write the sum.
Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 9
Answer:

Explanation:
4 ones+ 1 one=5 ones
7 tens +8 tens=15 tens
1 hundred + 5 hundreds + 2 hundreds=8 hundreds.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 10
Answer:

Explanation:
6 ones+ 3 ones=9 ones
1 ten + 8 tens =9 tens
4 hundreds + 4 hundreds=8 hundreds.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 11
Answer:

Explanation:
6 ones+ 7 ones=13 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +9 tens=14 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds + 5 hundreds=9 hundreds.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 12
Answer:

Explanation:
5 ones+ 3 ones=8 ones
6 tens +8 tens=14 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds + 2 hundreds=6 hundreds.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 13
Answer:

Explanation:
7 ones+ 9 ones=16 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +0 tens=5 tens
6 hundred + 1 hundreds=5 hundreds.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 14
Answer:

Explanation:
6 ones+ 6 ones=12 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +5 tens=10 tens
1 hundred + 5 hundreds + 3 hundreds=9 hundreds.

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 15
Answer:

Explanation:
8 ones+ 1 ones=9 ones
4 tens +3 tens=7 tens
3 hundreds + 6 hundreds=9 hundreds.

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 16
Answer:

Explanation:
5 ones+ 9 ones=14 ones
1 ten + 5 tens +3 tens=9 tens
4 hundreds + 1 hundred=5 hundreds.

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 17
Answer:

Explanation:
3 ones+ 5 ones=8 ones
6 tens +4 tens=10 tens
1 hundred + 5 hundreds + 2 hundreds=8 hundreds.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
Miko wrote these problems. What are the missing digits?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 18
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how to solve 236 + 484.
Answer:

Explanation:
6 ones+ 4 ones=10 ones
1 ten + 3 tens +8 tens=12 tens
1 hundred + 2 hundreds + 4 hundreds=7 hundreds.

Addition: Regroup Ones and Tens Homework & Practice 6.5

Write the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 19
Answer:

Explanation:
7 ones+ 5 ones=12 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +3 tens=8 tens
5 hundreds + 4 hundreds=9 hundreds.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 20
Answer:

Explanation:
7 ones+ 4 ones=11 ones
1 ten + 6 tens +8 tens=15 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds + 2 hundreds=6 hundreds.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 21
Answer:

Explanation:
5 ones+ 6 ones=11 ones
1 ten + 8 tens +5 tens=14 tens
1 hundred + 4 hundred + 4 hundreds=5 hundreds.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 22
Answer:

Explanation:
7 ones+ 6 ones=13 ones
1 ten + 8 tens +0 tens=9 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds=4 hundreds.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 23
Answer:

Explanation:
7 ones+ 8 ones=15 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +2 tens=7 tens
6 hundreds + 1 hundred=7 hundreds.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 24
Answer:

Explanation:
4 ones+ 9 ones=13 ones
1 ten + 8 tens +2 tens=11 tens
1 hundred + 1 hundred + 3 hundreds=5 hundreds.

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 7.
Saul and Luisa each scored 167 points on a computer game. How many points did they score together?
_______ points
Answer:

Explanation:
Saul and luisa has 167 points each on a computer game.Add points of both saul and luisa.There are 3 hundreds 2 tens and 14 ones.So, the sum of 167 and 167 is 3 hundred 3 tens and 4 ones.
7 ones+ 7 ones=14 ones
1 ten + 6 tens +6 tens=13 tens
1 hundred + 1 hundred + 1 hundred=3 hundreds.

Question 8.
WRITE
Write the addition problem for 275 plus 249 and find the sum. Then draw quick pictures to check your work.
Answer:

Explanation:
5 ones+ 9 ones=14 ones
1 ten + 7 tens +4 tens=12 tens
1 hundred + 2 hundreds + 2 hundreds=5 hundreds.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 25
Answer:

Explanation:
8 ones+ 2 ones=10 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +7 tens=12 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds + 2 hundreds=6 hundreds.

Question 2.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 26
Answer:

Explanation:
3 ones+ 7 ones=10 ones
1 ten + 2 tens +1 tens=11 tens
1 hundred + 2 hundreds=3 hundreds.

Spiral Review
Question 3.
Which addition fact has the same sum as 9 + 4.
10 + _____
Answer:
9+4=13
10+3=13

Explanation:
The sumof 9 and 4 is 13.So, if we add 3 to 10 we get the same sum 13.Therefore the addition fact that has the same sum as 9+4 is 10+3.

Question 4.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 27
Answer:

Explanation:
2 ones+ 5 ones + 6 ones=13 ones
1 ten + 3 tens +1 tens +4 tens=9 tens

Question 5.
Add 29 and 35. What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 28
Answer:

 

Question 6.
Tom had 25 pretzels. He gave away 12 pretzels. How many pretzels does Tom have left?
25 – 12 = ______ pretzels
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 25 blocks in the above picture.Subtract 1 tens and 2 ones from the above picture.Therefore 13 blocks are left.
So, the difference of 25 and 12 is 13.

3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Break apart the addends to find the sum.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 29
Answer:

Explanation:
Add 567 and 324.Add the hundreds, tens and ones from the above picture.There are 8 hundreds,8 tens and 11 ones.So, the sum of 567 and 324 is 363.
8 hundreds 9 tens 1 ones

write the sum.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 30
Answer:

Explanation:
8 ones+ 6 ones=14 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +4 tens=9 tens
2 hundreds + 3 hundreds=5 hundreds.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 31
Answer:

Explanation:
0 ones+ 4 ones=4 ones
1 ten +6 tens=11 tens
6 hundreds + 2 hundreds=8 hundreds.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 32
Answer:

Explanation:
1 ones+ 7 ones=8 ones
9 tens +3 tens=12 tens
1 hundred + 3 hundreds + 5 hundreds=9 hundreds.

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
There are 148 small sand dollars and 119 large sand dollars on the beach. How many sand dollars are on the beach?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.5 33
______ sand dollars
Answer:

Explanation:
8 ones+ 9 ones=17 ones
1 ten + 4 tens +1 tens=6 tens
1 hundred + 1 hundred=2 hundreds.

Lesson 6.6 Problem Solving • 3-Digit Subtraction

Essential Question How can making a model help when solving subtraction problems?

There were 436 people at the art show. 219 people went home. How many people stayed at the art show?

Unlock the Problem
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 1

Show how to solve the problem.
Make a model. Then draw a quick picture of your model.
______ people

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used a model and a quick picture to represent and solve a subtraction problem.

Try Another Problem
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 3
Make a model to solve. Then draw a quick picture of your model.
Question 1.
There are 532 pieces of art at the show. 319 pieces of art are paintings. How many pieces of art are not paintings?
______ pieces of art
Answer:

Question 2.
245 children go to the face-painting event. 114 of the children are boys. How many of the children are girls?
_______ girls
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Explain how you solved the first problem on this page.
Answer:

Share and Show

Make a model to solve. Then draw a quick picture of your model.
Question 3.
There were 237 books on the table. Miss Jackson took 126 books off the table. How many books were still on the table?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 4
______ books
Answer:

Question 4.
There were 232 postcards on the table. The children used 118 postcards. How many postcards were not used?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 5
_______ postcards
Answer:

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
164 children and 31 adults saw the movie in the morning. 125 children saw the movie in the afternoon. How many fewer children saw the movie in the afternoon than in the morning?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 6
______ fewer children
Answer:

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Make Sense of Problems
Question 6.
There were some grapes in a bowl. Clancy’s friends ate 24 of the grapes. Then there were 175 grapes in the bowl. How many grapes were in the bowl before?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 7
______ grapes
Answer:

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
At Gregory’s school, there are 547 boys and girls. There are 246 boys. How many girls are there?
Draw a quick picture to solve.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 8
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to choose one of the problems in this lesson and solve it in a different way.

Problem Solving • 3-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 6.6

Make a model to solve. Then draw a quick picture of your model.
Question 1.
On Saturday, 770 people went to the snack shop. On Sunday, 628 people went. How many more people went to the snack shop on Saturday than on Sunday?
______ more people
Answer:

Question 2.
There were 395 lemon ice cups at the snack shop. People bought 177 lemon ice cups. How many lemon ice cups are still at the snack shop?
______ cups
Answer:

Question 3.
There were 576 bottles of water at the snack shop. People bought 469 bottles of water. How many bottles of water are at the snack shop now?
_______ bottles
Answer:

Question 4.
WRITE
Draw quick pictures to show how to subtract 314 and 546.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
There are 278 math and science books. 128 of them are math books. How many science books are there?
______ books
Answer:

Question 2.
A book has 176 pages. Mr. Roberts has read 119 pages. How many pages does he have left to read?
_____ pages
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the sum?
1 + 6 + 2 = _____
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the difference?
54 – 8 = _____
Answer:

Question 5.
What is the sum?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 9
Answer:

Question 6.
What is the sum?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.6 10
Answer:

Lesson 6.7 3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Tens

Essential Question When do you regroup tens in subtraction?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 1 to model the problem.
Draw a quick picture to show what you did.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 2

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe what to do when there are not enough ones to subtract from.
Answer:

Share and Show

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 3
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 4
Answer:

On Your Own

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 5
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 6
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 7
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 8
Answer:

Question 7.
GO DEEPER
A bookstore has 148 books about people and 136 books about places. Some books were sold. Now there are 137 books left. How many books were sold?
_______ books
Answer:

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
There were 287 music books and 134 science books in the store. After some books were sold, there are 159 books left. How many books were sold?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 9
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Make Sense of Problems
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 9.
There are 235 whistles and 42 bells in the store. Ryan counts 128 whistles on the shelf. How many whistles are not on the shelf?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 10
______ whistles
Answer:

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Dr. Jackson had 326 stamps.
He sells 107 stamps. How many stamps does he have now? ______ stamps
Would you do these things to solve the problem?
Choose Yes or No.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 11
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain why he or she regrouped in only some of the problems in this lesson.

3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Tens Homework & Practice 6.7

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 12
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 13
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 14
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 15
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 5.
There were 985 pencils. Some pencils were sold. Then there were 559 pencils left. How many pencils were sold?
______ pencils
Answer:

Question 6.
WRITE
Choose one exercise from above. Draw quick pictures to check your work.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 16
Answer:

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.7 17
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the difference?
45 – 7 = _____
Answer:

Question 4.
Leroy has 11 cubes. Jane has 15 cubes. How many cubes do they have altogether?
______ cubes
Answer:

Question 5.
Mina puts 5 flowers in each vase. How many flowers will she put in 3 vases?
______ flowers
Answer:

Question 6.
Mr. Hill had 428 pencils. He gave away 150 pencils. How many pencils did he keep?
______ pencils
Answer:

Lesson 6.8 3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds

Essential Question When do you regroup hundreds in subtraction?

Listen and Draw

Draw quick pictures to show the problem
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 1

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe what to do when there are not enough tens to subtract from.
Answer:

Share and Show

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 2
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 3
Answer:

On Your Own

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 4
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 5
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 6
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 7
Answer:

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 8
Answer:

Question 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 9
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Make Arguments
Question 9.
Choose one exercise above. Describe the subtraction that you did. Be sure to tell about the values of the digits in the numbers.
______________________
_______________________
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Sam made two towers. He used 139 blocks for the first tower. He used 276 blocks in all. For which tower did he use more blocks? ______
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 10
Explain how you solved the problem.
Answer:

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
This is how many points each class scored in a math game.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 11
How many more points did Mr. Chang’s class score than Mr. Pagano’s class? Draw a picture and explain how you found your answer.
_______ more points
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how to find the difference for 745 − 341.

3-Digit Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds Homework & Practice 6.8

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 12
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 13
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 14
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 15
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 5.
There were 537 people in the parade. 254 of these people were playing an instrument. How many people were not playing an instrument?
_______ people
Answer:

Question 6.
WRITE
Write the subtraction problem for 838 – 462 and find the difference. Then draw quick pictures to check your difference.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 16
Answer:

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 17
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the difference?
52 – 15 = ______
Answer:

Question 4.
Wallace has 8 crayons and Alma has 7. How many do the have together?
8 + 7 = _____ crayons
Answer:

Question 5.
What is the sum?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 18
Answer:

Question 6.
Mrs. Lin’s class read 392 books in February. Mr. Hook’s class read 173 books. How many more books did Mrs. Lin’s class read?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.8 19
Answer:

Lesson 6.9 Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds and Tens

Essential Question How do you know when to regroup in subtraction?

Listen and Draw

Use mental math. Write the difference for each problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 1
90 − 40 = _____
700 − 500 = _____
70 − 60 = _____
800 − 300 = _____
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the tens amd hundreds from the above sums to find the difference.


Explanation:
Subtract the tens and hundreds from the above sums to find the difference.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Were some problems easier to solve than other problems? Explain.
Answer:
Yes some problems wre easy to solve than the other problems as theur was no need of any regrouping for some problems.

Share and Show

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 2
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 2 tens 1 ones as 1 tens 11 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 4 hundreds 1 tens as 3 hundreds 11 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 3
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 1 hundreds 7 tens as 1 hundreds 17 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 4
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 4 tens 6 ones as 3 tens 16 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 5 hundreds 3 tens as 4 hundreds 13 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 5
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the hundreds,tens and ones as there is no need of regrouping.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 6
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 4 tens 7 ones as 3 tens 17 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 7 hundreds 3 tens as 6 hundreds 13 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 7
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 9 hundreds 3 tens as 8 hundreds 13 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

On Your Own

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 8
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 4 tens 2 ones as 3 tens 12 ones.Subtract the ones.
Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 9
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 4 hundreds 6 tens as 3 hundreds 16 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 10
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 5 tens 5 ones as 4 tens 15 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 4 hundreds 1 tens as 3 hundreds 1 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 11
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 6 hundreds 5 tens as 5 hundreds 15 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 12
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 2 tens 1 ones as 1 tens 11 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 5 hundreds 1 tens as 4 hundreds 11 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 13
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 5 tens 8 ones as 4 tens 18 ones.Subtract the ones.
Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 14
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 4 tens 2 ones as 3 tens 12 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 5 hundreds 3 tens as 4 hundreds 13 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 15
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 8 hundreds 2 tens as 7 hundreds 12 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 16
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 4 tens 7 ones as 3 tens 17 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 9 hundreds 3 tens as 8 hundreds 13 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
Alex wrote these problems. What are the missing digits?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 17
Answer:

Explanation:
The missing numbers in the first sum are 5 and 5 because only when the numbers are 5 tens and 5 ones if we regroup them they become 4 tens and 15 ones.
The missing numbers in the second sum are 8, 3 and 6 because only when the numbers are 8 hundreds and 3 tens if we regroup them they become 7 hundreds and 13 ones.And 6 ones because if we subtract only 6 ones from 7 ones we get the answer as 1 ones.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 17.
GO DEEPER
This is how Walter found the difference for 617 − 350.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 18
Find the difference for 843 − 270 using Walter’s way.
Answer:

Explanation:
As shown in the above picture the difference between 270 and 300 is 30, 800 and 300 is 500 and 843 and 800 is 43.So, when we add 30,500 and 43 is sum wiil be 573.Therefore the difference between 543 and 270 is 573.

Question 18.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Analyze
There are 471 children at Caleb’s school. 256 children ride buses to get to school.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 19
How many children do not ride buses to get to school?
_____ children
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 7 tens 1 ones as 6 tens 11 ones.Subtract the ones.
Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 19.
THINK SMARTER
Mrs. Herrell had 427 pinecones. She gave 249 pinecones to her children.
How many pinecones does she still have?
_______ pinecones
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 2 tens 7 ones as 1 tens 17 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 4 hundreds 1 tens as 3 hundreds 11 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to find the difference when subtracting 182 from 477.

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 4 hundreds 7 tens as 3 hundreds 17 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Subtraction: Regroup Hundreds and Tens Homework & Practice 6.9

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 20
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 1 tens 6 ones as 0 tens 16 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 8 hundreds 0 tens as 7 hundreds 10 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 21
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 0 tens 2 ones as 9 tens 12 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 9 hundreds 9 tens as 8 hundreds 19 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 22
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 9 tens 6 ones as 8 tens 16 ones.Subtract the ones.
Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Problem Solving
Solve.
Question 4.
Mia’s coloring book has 432 pages. She has already colored 178 pages. How many pages in the book are left to color?
______ pages
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 3 tens 2 ones as 2 tens 12 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 4 hundreds 2 tens as 3 hundreds 12 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 5.
WRITE
Draw quick pictures to show how to subtract 546 from 735.
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 3 tens 5 ones as 2 tens 15 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 7 hundreds 2 tens as 6 hundreds 12 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 23
Answer:

Explanation:
Subtract the ones.
Regroup 3 hundreds 4 tens as 2hundreds 14 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 24
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 3 tens 6 ones as 2 tens 16 ones.Subtract the ones.
Regroup 3 hundreds 2 tens as 2 hundreds 12 tens.Subtract the tens
Subtract the hundreds.

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 25
Answer:

Explanation:
6 ones + 3 ones=19 ones
1 tens +4 tens + 3 tens=7 tens
2 hundreds + 5 hundreds=7 hundreds.
7 hundreds 7 tens 9 ones.

Question 4.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction 6.9 26
Answer:

Explanation:
Regroup 3 tens 8 ones as 2 tens 18 ones.Subtract the ones.
Subtract the tens

Question 5.
What is the difference?
17 – 9 = _____
Answer:

Question 6.
Lisa had 15 daisies. She gave away 7 daisies. Then she found 3 more daisies. How many daisies does Lisa have now?
15 – 7 + 3 = ______
Answer:

Lesson 6.10 Regrouping with Zeros

Essential Question How do you regroup when there are zeros in the number you start with?

Listen and Draw

Draw or write to show how you solved the problem.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe another way that you could solve the problem.
Answer:

Share and Show

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 3
Answer:

On Your Own

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 7
Answer:

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 8
Answer:

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 9
Answer:

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 10
Answer:

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 11
Answer:

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 12
Answer:

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Miguel has 125 more baseball cards than Chad. Miguel has 405 baseball cards. How many baseball cards does Chad have?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 13
_____ baseball cards
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 14.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze Claire has 250 pennies. Some are in a box and some are in her bank. There are more than 100 pennies in each place. How many pennies could be in each place?
_____ pennies in a box
_______ pennies in her bank
Explain how you solved the problem.
________________
_________________
Answer:

Question 15.
THINK SMARTER
There are 404 people at the baseball game. 273 people are fans of the blue team. The rest are fans of the red team. How many people are fans of the red team?
Does the sentence describe how to find the answer?
Choose Yes or No.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 14
There are ________ fans of the red team.
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Ask your child to explain how he or she solved one of the problems in this lesson.

Regrouping with Zeros Homework & Practice 6.10

Solve. Write the difference.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 15
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 16
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 17
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 18
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 19
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 20
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve.
Question 7.
There are 303 students. There are 147 girls. How many boys are there?
_______ boys
Answer:

Question 8.
WRITE
Write the subtraction problem 604 – 357. Describe how you will subtract to find the difference.
_______________
________________
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 21
Answer:

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 22
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 23
Answer:

Question 4.
There are 555 students at Roosevelt Elementary School and 282 students at Jefferson Elementary. How many students are at the two schools altogether?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 24
Answer:

Question 5.
What is the difference?
10 – 2 = _____
Answer:

Question 6.
Gabriel’s goal is to read 43 books this year. So far he has read 11 books. How many books does he have left to meet his goal?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts 6.10 25
Answer:

3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Review/Test

Question 1.
Mr. Kent’s art class used 234 craft sticks. Ms. Reed’s art class used 358 craft sticks. How many craft sticks did the two classes use?
______ craft sticks
Answer:

Question 2.
At the library, there are 668 books and magazines. There are 565 books at the library. How many magazines are there?
Circle the number that makes the sentence true.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 2
Answer:

Question 3.
There are 176 girls and 241 boys at school. How many children are at school?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 3
Select one number from each column to solve the problem.
Answer:

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER+
Anna wants to add 246 and 132.
Help Anna solve this problem. Draw quick pictures. Write how many hundreds, tens, and ones in all. Write the number.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 4
_____ hundreds _____ tens _____ ones
_________
Answer:

Question 5.
Mrs. Preston had 513 leaves. She gave 274 leaves to her students. Draw to show how you found your answer.
How many leaves does she still have?
______ leaves
Answer:

Question 6.
A farmer has 112 pecan trees and 97 walnut trees. How many more pecan trees does the farmer have than walnut trees?
Fill in the bubble next to all the sentences that describe what you would do.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Amy has 408 beads. She gives 322 beads to her sister. How many beads does Amy have now?
Does the sentence describe how to find the answer?
Choose Yes or No
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 7
Amy has _____ beads.
Answer:

Question 8.
GO DEEPER
Raul used this method to find the sum 427 + 316.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 8.1
Use Raul’s method to find this sum.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 8
Describe how Raul solves addition problems.
_____________________
____________________
Answer:

Question 9.
ally scores more points in a game than Ty. Sally uses 900 – 500 to estimate how many more points.
Fill in the bubble next to all the problems she may have been estimating for.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 9
Answer:

Question 10.
Use the numbers on the tiles to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 6 Answer Key Pdf 3-Digit Addition and Subtraction Concepts rt 10
Describe how you solved the problem.
___________________________
__________________________
Answer:

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts

Fun-learning activities are the best option to educate elementary school kids and make them understand basic mathematical concepts like addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, etc. Grade 1 elementary school students can find these fun-learning exercises for all math concepts through the Go Math Answers Grade 1 Curriculum.

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Addition Concepts

You may have diverse opportunities to develop math skills and problem-solving skills but practicing with Go Math 1st Grade Book Solutions will be the best of all. So, Utilize the given Go Math Textbook 1st Grade Answer Key for better and efficient learning. Grade 1 is designed by subject experts in a fun-learning way to encourage elementary kids. These Go Math 1st Grade Solutions are very easy to understand and educate the kids with all basic concepts.

Curious George

How many kittens can you add to the group to have 10 kittens? Explain.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 1

Answer:
The kittens we can add to the group to have 10 kittens = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 kittens in the picture,
we can add 8 kittens to make 10 kittens.
2 + 8 = 10.
The kittens we can add to the group to have 10 kittens = 8.

Addition Concepts Show What You Know

Explore Numbers 1 to 4

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 2 to show the number. Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 3

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 4

Answer:
The number is 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 4.
so we have to draw the 4 buttons.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 5

Answer:
The number is 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 3.
so we have to draw the 3 buttons.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-2

Numbers 1 to 10
How many objects are in each group?

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 6

Answer:
The number of chicks = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 7 chicks,
so the number of chicks = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 7

Answer:
The number of eggs= 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 eggs,
so the number of eggs = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-4

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 8

Answer:
The number of flowers = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 flowers,
so the number of flowers = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-5

Numbers 0 to 10
How many spots are on the ladybug?

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 9

Answer:
The number of spots on the ladybug = 0.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are no spots on the bug.
so the number of spots on the ladybug = 0.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-6

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 10

Answer:
The number of spots on the ladybug = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 6 spots on the bug.
so the number of spots on the ladybug = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-7

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 11

Answer:
The number of spots on the ladybug = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are ten spots on the bug.
so the number of spots on the ladybug = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-8

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 12

Answer:
The number of spots on the ladybug = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 spots on the bug.
so the number of spots on the ladybug = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-9

Addition Concepts Vocabulary Builder

Visualize It

Draw to show 1 more. Draw to show adding to.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 13

Answer:
The number of love shapes = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 love shapes and also given that 1 more.
3 + 1 = 4.
so the number of love shapes = 4.

Answer:
The number of boxes = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 boxes and also given that 1 more.
3 + 1 = 4.
so the number of love shapes = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-10

Understand Vocabulary

Complete the sentences with review words.

Question 1.
Sue wants to know how many counters are in two groups. She can _use__ Addition__to find out.

Answer:
She can use addition to find out.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sue wants to know how many counters are in two groups.
She can use addition to find out.

Question 2.
Pete has 2 apples. May has 3 apples. May has _1 _ apple than Pete.

Answer:
May has 1 more apple than Pete.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Peter has 2 apples.
May has 3 apples.
2 + 1 = 3.
May has 1 more apple than Pete.

Addition Concepts Game: Addition Bingo

Materials
• 2 sets of Numeral Cards 0–4
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 14
Play with a partner.
1. Mix the cards in each set. Put both sets facedown.
2. Take a card from each set. Join Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 15 and Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 16 to add.
3. The other player checks your answer.
4. If you are correct, cover the answer with a Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 17
5. The other player takes a turn.
6. The first player to cover 3 spaces in a row wins.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 18

Answer:
The number is = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
player 1 red and player 2 blue.
player 1 = 2 and player 2 = 3
we have to add 2 + 3 = 5.
The number is 5.

Addition Concepts Vocabulary Game

Going Places with GOMATH! words

Going to the Zoo

Materials
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 19

How to Play
1. Each player puts a Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 20 on START.
2. Toss the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 21 to take a turn. Move your Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 22 that many spaces.
3. If you land on these spaces:
White Space Read the math word or symbol. Tell its meaning. If you are correct, jump ahead to the next space with the same word. If not, stay where you are.
Green Space Follow the directions. If there are no directions, stay where you are.
4. The first player to reach FINISH wins.

Game
HOW TO PLAY
Materials
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 22.1
1. Put your on START.
2. Toss the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 23 and move your Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 24 that many spaces.
3. If you land on one of these spaces:
Blue Space Explain the math word or use it in a sentence. If your answer is correct, jump ahead to the next space with that word.
Green Space Follow the directions in the space. If there are no directions,
don’t move.
4. The first player to reach FINISH wins.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 24.1

Answer:
The symbol is equal to.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Read the math word or symbol.
the symbol is equal to.
for example, if we take 2 and 2.
2 is equal to 2.

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 24.2

Answer:
The word is a sum.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Read the math word or symbol.
the word is sum.
for example, if we take 2 and 2.
2 plus 2 = 4.

The Write Way

Reflect
Choose one idea. Draw and write about it.
• Tell what happens when you add a zero to another number.
• Make up an addition story problem. Use 3 and 4. Then ask a partner to solve it.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 24.3

Answer:
If we add a zero to another number the number is the same.
3 + 4 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Tell me what happens when you add a zero to another number.
if we add a zero to another number the number is the same.
for example, 2 + 0 = 2.
3 + 4 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-11

Lesson 1.1 Algebra • Use Pictures to Add To

Essential Question
How do pictures show adding to?

Listen and Draw

Draw to show adding to. Write how many there are.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 24.5
_5_ ladybugs

Answer:
The number of ladybugs = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 ladybugs,
so the number of ladybugs = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-1

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Model Explain how your drawing shows the problem.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write how many.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 24.6
3 fish and 1 more fish _4_ fish

Answer:
The number of fish = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 fish,
1 more fish
3 + 1 = 4.
so the number of fish = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 25
4 bees and 4 more bees __8_ bees

Answer:
The number of bees =  8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 bees,
4 more bees.
4 + 4 = 8
so the number of bees = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-3

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Model Mathematics Write how many.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 26
2 butterflies and 4 more butterflies _6_ butterflies

Answer:
The number of butterflies = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 butterflies.
4 more butterflies.
2 + 4 = 6.
so the number of butterflies = 6.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 27
4 ladybugs and 3 more ladybugs _7_ ladybugs

Answer:
The number of ladybugs = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 ladybugs,
3 more ladybugs.
3 + 4 = 7.
so the number of ladybugs = 7.

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Evan and Luke see 8 worms on the path. Luke sees 2 more worms than Evan. Evan sees 3 worms. How many worms does Luke see?
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 28
_5_ worms

Answer:
Luke sees 5 warms.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Evan and luke see 8 worms on the path.
Luke sees 2 more worms than Evan.
Evan sees 3 worms.
3 + 2 = 5.
Luke sees 5 warms.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Color the birds to show how to solve.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 29
There are 3 red birds. Some blue birds join them. How many blue birds are there?
There are _2_ blue birds.

Answer:
The number of bluebirds = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 3 red birds.
Some bluebirds join them.
3 + 2 = 5.
The number of bluebirds = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-4

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Circle how many ants in all.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 30

Answer:
The number of ants = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 3 ants and 2 more ants.
3 + 2 = 5 ants.
The number of ants = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-5

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child use stuffed animals or other toys to show 3 animals. Then add to the group showing 2 more animals. Ask how many animals there are. Repeat for other combinations of animals with totals up to 10.

Answer:
The number of animals = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Your child use stuffed animals or other toys to show 3 animals.
Then add to the group showing 2 more animals.
3 + 2 = 5.
The number of animals = 5.

Algebra • Use Pictures to Add To Homework & Practice 1.1

Write how many.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 31
5 horses and 3 more horses _8_ horses

Answer:
The number of horses = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 horses and 3 more horses.
5 + 3 = 8.
so the number of horses = 8.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 32
3 dogs and 2 more dogs _5_ dogs

Answer:
The number of dogs = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 dogs and 2 more dogs.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of dogs = 5.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 33
Question 3.
There are 2 rabbits. 5 rabbits join them. How many rabbits are there now?
There are _7_ rabbits.

Answer:
The number of rabbits = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 rabbits and 5 more rabbits.
2 + 5 = 7.
so the number of rabbits = 7.

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Use pictures and numbers to show 4 dogs and 1 more dog. Then write how many dogs there are.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 34

Answer:
The number of dogs = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 dogs and 1 more dog.
4 + 1 = 5.
so the number of dogs = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-1

Lesson Check

Question 1.
How many birds are there? Write the number.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 35

Answer:
The number of birds = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 birds and 6 more birds.
2 + 6 = 8.
so the number of birds = 8.

Spiral Review

Question 2.
How many goats are there? Write the number.
2 goats and 4 more goats _6_ goats

Answer:
The number of goats = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 goats and 4 more goats.
2 + 4 = 6.
so the number of goats = 6.

Question 3.
How many rabbits are there? Write the number.
5 rabbits and 1 more rabbit _6_ rabbits

Answer:
The number of rabbits = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 rabbits and 1 more rabbit.
5 + 1 = 6.
so the number of rabbits = 6.

Question 4.
How many ducks are there? Write the number.
5 ducks and 4 more ducks _9_ ducks

Answer:
The number of ducks = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 ducks and 4 more ducks.
5 + 4 = 9.
so the number of ducks = 9.

Lesson 4.2 Model Adding To

Essential Question
How do you model adding to a group?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 39 to show adding to. Draw to show your work.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Explain how you use cubes to find your answer.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 40 to show adding to. Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 41 Write the sum.

Question 1.
3 cats and 1 more cat
3 + 1 = _4_

Answer:
The number of cats = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 cats and 1 more cat.
3 + 1 = 4.
so the number of cats = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-6

Question 2.
2 birds and 3 more birds
2 + 3 = _5_

Answer:
The number of birds = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 birds and 3 more birds.
2 + 3 = 5.
so the number of birds = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-7

Question 3.
4 bugs and 4 more bugs
4 + 4 = _8_

Answer:
The number of bugs = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 bugs and 4 more bugs.
4 + 4 = 8.
so the number of bugs = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-8

Question 4.
4 fish and 2 more fish
4 + 2 = _6_

Answer:
The number of fish = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 fish and 2 more fish.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of fish = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-9

On Your Own

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 41.1

Answer:
The number of bees = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 bees and 1 more bee.
2 + 1 = 3.
so the number of bees = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-10

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use Appropriate Tools Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 42 to show adding to. Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 43. Write the sum.

Question 5.
5 dogs and 4 more dogs
5 + 4 = _9_

Answer:
The number of dogs = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 bees and 4 more bees.
5 + 4 = 9.
so the number of bees = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-11

Question 6.
4 bees and 3 more bees
4 + 3 = _7_

Answer:
The number of bees = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 bees and 3 more bees.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of bees = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-12

Question 7.
THINK DEEPER
Julia has
4 books on the table. She puts 1 more book on the table. Then she puts 2 more books on the table. How many books are on the table?
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 43.1
_7_ books

Answer:
The number of books on the table = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 4 books on the table.
she puts 1 more book on the table.
Then she puts 2 more books on the table.
The number of books on the table = 7.

Question 8.
GO DEEPER
Diego drew cubes to show adding to. Draw to show how Diego should fix his picture. Write the sum.
2 + 8 = _10_
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 44
2 + 8 = _10_

Answer:
The number of cubes = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 cubes and 8 more cubes.
2 + 8 = 10.
so the number of cubes = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-13

Problem Solving • Applications

THINK SMARTER
Use the picture to help you complete the addition sentences. Write the sum.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 45

Answer:
The number of triangles = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 triangles and 2 more triangles.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of triangles = 5.

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 rectangles and 3 more rectangles.
3 + 3 = 6.
so the number of rectangles = 6.

Answer:
The number of circles = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 circles and 1 more circle.
3 + 1 = 4.
so the number of circles = 4.

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
Use to Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 46 show adding to. Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 47 Write the sum.
3 bunnies and 5 more bunnies
3 + 5 = Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 48

Answer:
The number of bunnies = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 bunnies and 5 more bunnies.
3 + 5 = 8.
so the number of bunnies = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.1-14

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Put 3 small objects in one group and 2 small objects in another group. Have your child write an addition sentence to tell about the small objects. Repeat for other combinations of small objects with sums of up to 10.

Answer:
The number of objects = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 objects and 2 more objects.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of objects = 5.

Model Adding To Homework & Practice 1.2

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 49 to show adding to. Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 50. Write the sum.

Question 1.
5 ants and 1 more ant
5 + 1 = _6_

Answer:
The number of ants = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 ants and 1 more ant.
5 + 1 = 6.
so the number of ants = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-1

Question 2.
3 cats and 4 more cats
3 + 4 = _7_

Answer:
The number of cats = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 cats and 4 more cats.
3 + 4 = 7.
so the number of cats = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-2

Problem Solving

Use the picture to help you complete the addition sentences. Write each sum.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 51

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 52

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 rectangles and 3 more rectangles.
2 + 3 = 5.
so the number of rectangles = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 53

Answer:
The number of circles = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 circles and 1 more circle.
3 + 1 = 4.
so the number of circles = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-4

Question 5.
WRITE Math
Use cubes to show how to add 1 turtle to 5 turtles. Draw the cubes.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 54

Answer:
The number of turtles = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 turtles and 1 more turtle.
5 + 1 = 6.
so the number of turtles = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-5

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 55 Write the sum. What is the sum of 4 and 2?
4 + 2 = _6_

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 2.
4 + 2 = 6.
the sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-6

Spiral Review

Question 2.
How many butterflies are there? Write the number.
5 butterflies and 2 more butterflies _7__ butterflies

Answer:
The number of butterflies = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 butterflies and 2 more butterflies.
5 + 2 = 7.
so the number of butterflies = 7.

Question 3.
Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 56. Write the sum. What is the sum of 2 and 3?
2 + 3 = _5_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 3.
2 + 3 = 5.
the sum for 2 + 3 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-7

Question 4.
How many birds are there? Write the number.
6 birds and 1 more bird _7_ birds

Answer:
The number of birds = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 6 birds and 1 more bird.
6 + 1 = 7.
so the number of birds = 7.

Lesson 1.3 Model Putting Together

Essential Question
How do you model putting together?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 57 or an i Tool to model the problem. Draw a picture of your model. Write the numbers and addition sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 58

Answer:
The number of red crayons = 2.
The number of yellow crayons = 3.
The number of crayons = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are red crayons and yellow crayons.
2 + 3 = 5.
so the number of crayons = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-1

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how the drawing helps you write the addition sentence.

Model and Draw

Add to find how many books there are.
There are 2 small books and 1 big book. How many books are there?
_3_ books
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 59

Answer:
The number of books = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 small books and 1 big book.
2 + 1 = 3.
so the number of books = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-2

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 60 to solve. Draw to show your work. Write the number sentence and how many

Question 1.
There are 4 red pencils and 2 green pencils. How many pencils are there?
_6_ pencils
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 61

Answer:
The number of pencils = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 red pencils and  2 green pencils.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of pencils = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-3

Question 2.
There are 5 blue cups and 3 yellow cups. How many cups are there?
_8_ cups.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 62

Answer:
The number of cups = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 blue cups and  3 yellow cups.
5 + 3 = 8.
so the number of cups = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-4

On Your Own MATH BOARD

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Write an Equation Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 63 to solve. Draw to show your work. Write the number sentence and how many.

Question 3.
There are 3 small cats and 4 big cats. How many cats are there?
_7_ cats
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 65

Answer:
The number of cats = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 small cats and  4 big cats.
3 + 4 = 7.
so the number of cats = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-5

Question 4.
There are 6 red cubes and 3 blue cubes. How many cubes are there?
_9_ cubes
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 66

Answer:
The number of cubes = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 6 red cubes and  3 blue cubes.
6 + 3 = 9.
so the number of cubes = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-6

Question 5.
There are 2 red flowers and 8 yellow flowers. How many flowers are there?
_10_ flowers
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 67

Answer:
The number of flowers = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 red flowers and  8 yellow flowers.
8 + 2 = 10.
so the number of flowers = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-7

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
4 girls and 4 boys run. Then 2 more children run. The same number of girls and boys run. How many of each run?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 68
_6_ girls _6_ boys

Answer:
The number of boys = 5.
The number of girls = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 girls and  4 boys run.
2 more children run.
5 + 5 = 10.
so the number of children = 10.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Write your own addition story problem.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 69

Answer:
The number of boys = 5.
The number of girls = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 girls and  4 boys run.
2 more children run.
5 + 5 = 10.
so the number of children = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-8

Question 8.
Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 70 to solve your story problem. Draw to show your work. Write the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 71

Answer:
The number of boys = 5.
The number of girls = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 girls and  4 boys run.
2 more children run.
5 + 5 = 10.
so the number of children = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-9

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 72 to solve. Write the number sentence and how many.
There are 4 yellow apples and 4 red apples. How many apples are there?
_8_ apples
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 73

Answer:
The number of apples = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 red apples and  4 yellow apples.
4 + 4 = 8.
so the number of apples = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-10

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child collect a group of up to 10 small objects and use them to make up addition stories.

Model Putting Together Homework & Practice 1.3

Question 1.
There are 2 big dogs and 4 small dogs. How many dogs are there?
_6_ dogs
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 74

Answer:
The number of dogs = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 small dogs and  2 big dogs.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of dogs = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-11

Question 2.
There are 3 red crayons and 2 green crayons. How many crayons are there?
_5_ crayons
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 75

Answer:
The number of crayons = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 red crayons and  2 green crayons.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of crayons = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-12

Problem Solving

Question 3.
WRITE Math
Write your own addition story problem. Draw counters to help you solve.
___________
___________
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 76

Answer:
The number of boys = 5.
The number of girls = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 girls and  4 boys run.
2 more children run.
5 + 5 = 10.
so the number of children = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-8

Question 4.
Write your own addition problem. Draw counters to help you solve.
_________________
_________________

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 76.1

Answer:
The number of crayons = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 red crayons and  2 green crayons.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of crayons = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-13

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number sentence and how many. There are 3 black cats and 2 brown cats. How many cats are there?
_5_ cats
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 77

Answer:
The number of cats = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 black cats and  2 brown cats.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of cats = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-13

Question 2.
There are 4 red flowers and 3 yellow flowers. How many flowers are there?
_7_ flowers

Answer:
The number of flowers = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 red flowers and  3 yellow flowers.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of flowers = 7.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
How many turtles are there? Write the number.
6 turtles and 3 more turtles _9__ turtles

Answer:
The number of turtles = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 6 turtles and 3 more turtle.
6 + 3 = 9.
so the number of turtles = 9.

Question 4.
Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 79. Write the sum. What is the sum of 2 and 1?
2 + 1 = _3_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 1 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 1.
2 + 1 = 3.
the sum for 2 + 1 = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-14

Lesson 1.4 Problem Solving • Model Addition

Essential Question
How do you solve addition problems by making a model?

Hanna has 4 red flowers in a Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 79.1. She puts 2 more flowers in the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 79.1. How many flowers are in the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 79.1? How can you use a model to find out?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 82

Answer:
The number of flowers = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Hanna has 4 red flowers in a pot.
she puts 2 more flowers in the pot.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of flowers = 6.

Unlock the Problem

What do I need to find?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 83
What information do I need to use?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 83.1

Answer:
The number of flowers = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Hanna has 4 red flowers in a pot.
she puts 2 more flowers in the pot.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of flowers = 6.

Show how to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 84

Answer:
The number of flowers = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Hanna has 4 red flowers in a pot.
she puts 2 more flowers in the pot.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of flowers = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.3-15

HOME CONNECTION
• Your child can model the concepts of adding to and putting together. He or she used a bar model to show the problems and solve.

Try Another Problem

Read the problem. Use the bar model to solve. Complete the model and the number sentence.

Question 1.
There are 7 dogs in the park. Then 1 more dog joins them. How many dogs are in the park now?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 85
7 + 1 = _8__

Answer:
The number of dogs = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 7 dogs in the park.
Then 1 more dog joins them.
7 + 1 = 8.
so the number of dogs = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-1

Question 2.
Some birds are sitting in the tree. Four more birds sit in the tree. Then there are 9 birds. How many birds were in the tree before?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 86
__5_ + 4 = 9

Answer:
The number of birds = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Some birds are sitting in the tree.
Four more birds sit in the tree.
5 + 4 = 9.
so the number of birds = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-2

Question 3.
There are 4 horses in the field. Some more horses run to the field. Then there were 10 horses in the field. How many horses run to the field?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 87
4 + _6_ = 10

Answer:
The number of horses run to the field = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 4 horses in the field.
Then there were 10 horses.
4 + 6 = 10.
so the number of horses run to the field = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-3

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Analyze In Exercise 1, how will the model change if there are 5 dogs and 3 dogs join them?

Share and Show MATH BOARD
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use Diagrams Read the problem. Use the bar model to solve. Complete the model and the number sentence.

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
Luis has 12 crayons. 5 of the crayons are red. The rest are blue. How many crayons are blue?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 88
5 + _7_ = 12

Answer:
The number of blue crayons = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Luis has 12 crayons.
5 of the crayons are red.
rest are blue.
5 + 7 = 12.
so the number of crayons = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-4

Question 5.
8 bugs are flying. 2 more bugs fly with them. How many bugs are flying now?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 89
8 + 2 = _10_

Answer:
The number of bugs flying = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
8 bugs are flying.
2 more bugs fly with them.
8 + 2 = 10.
so the number of bugs flying = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-5

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Some ducks are swimming in a pond. 3 more ducks swim in the pond. Then there are 6 ducks in the pond. How many ducks were in the pond before?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 90
_3_ + 3 = 6

Answer:
The number of ducks in the pond before = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Some ducks are swimming in a pond.
3 more ducks swim in the pond.
Then there are 6 ducks in the pond.
3 + 3 = 6.
so the number of ducks in the pond before = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-6

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child describe each of the parts of a bar model using the number sentence 7 + 3 = 10.

Answer:
The number of dogs = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 7 dogs in the park.
Then 3 more dog joins them.
7 + 3 = 10.
so the number of dogs = 10.

Problem Solving • Model Addition Homework & Practice 1.4

Read the problem. Use the bar model to solve. Complete the model and the number sentence.

Question 1.
Dylan has 7 flowers. 4 of the flowers are red. The rest are yellow. How many flowers are yellow?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 91
4 + _3_ = 7

Answer:
The number of yellow flowers = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Dylan has 7 flowers.
4 of the flowers are red.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of yellow flowers = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-7

Question 2.
Some birds are flying in a group. 4 more birds join the group. Then there are 9 birds in the group. How many birds were in the group before?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 92
_5_ + 4 = 9

Answer:
The number of birds were in the group before = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Some birds are flying in a group.
4 more birds join the group.
Then there are 9 birds in the group.
5 + 4 = 9.
so the number of birds were in the group before = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-8

Question 3.
6 cats are walking. 1 more cat walks with them. How many cats are walking now?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 93
6 + 1 = _7_

Answer:
The number of cats walking now = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 cats are walking.
1 more catwalks with them.
6 + 1 = 7.
so the number of cats walking now = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-9

Question 4.
WRITE MATH
Write a problem that has two parts. Then solve it by finding the whole.
______________
______________
______________
______________

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Complete the model and the number sentence. 3 ducks are in the pond. 6 more ducks join them. How many ducks are in the pond now?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 94
3 + 6 = _9_

Answer:
The number of ducks in the pond = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 ducks are in the pond.
6 more ducks join them.
3 + 6 = 9.
so the number of ducks in the pond = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-10

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Write the number sentence and how many. There are 4 green grapes and 4 red grapes. How many grapes are there?
_8_ grapes
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 95

Answer:
The number of grapes = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 green grapes and 4 red grapes.
4 + 4 = 8.
so the number of grapes = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-11

Question 3.
Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 96 Write the sum. What is the sum of 7 and 3?
7 + 3 = _10_

Answer:
The sum for 7 + 3 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 7 and 3.
7 + 3 = 10.
the sum for 7 + 3 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-12

Question 4.
Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 97 Write the sum. What is the sum of 6 and 2?
6 + 2 = _8_

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 2.
6 + 2 = 8.
the sum for 6 + 2 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-13

Addition Concepts Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 98 to show adding to. Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 99 Write the sum.

Question 1.
3 bugs and 4 more bugs
3 + 4 = _7_

Answer:
The number of bugs = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 bugs and 4 more bugs.
3 + 4 = 7.
so the number of bugs = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-14

Question 2.
4 seals and 2 more seals
4 + 2 = _6_

Answer:
The number of seals = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 seals and 2 more seals.
4 + 2 = 6.
so the number of seals = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-15

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 100 to solve. Draw to show your work. Write the number sentence and how many.

Question 3.
There are 5 red marbles and 4 blue marbles. How many marbles are there?
_9_ marbles
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 101

Answer:
The number of marbles = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 5 red marbles and 4 blue marbles.
5 + 4 = 9.
so the number of marbles = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-16

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
There are 6 bunnies in the garden. More bunnies join them. Then there are 8 bunnies in the garden. How many bunnies join them?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 102
6 + _2_ = 8

Answer:
The number of bunnies joins them = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 bunnies in the garden.
Then there are 8 bunnies in the garden.
6 + 2 = 8
so the number of bunnies join them = 2.

Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.4-17

Lesson 1.5 Algebra • Add Zero

Essential Question
What happens when you add 0 to a number?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 103 to model the problem. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 103 the you use.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Model the problem showing Jennifer with 4 marbles and Scott with no marbles. How does the drawing change?

Answer:
The number of marbles = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jennifer with 4 marbles and scott with no marbles.
4 + 0 = 4.
so the number of marbles = 4.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use the picture to write each part. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 105
_1_ + _0_ = _1_

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 0 = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 0.
1 + 0 = 1.
the sum for 1 + 0 = 1.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 106
_0_ + _2_ = _2_

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 2 = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 2.
0 + 2 = 2.
the sum for 0 + 2 = 2.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 107
_0_ + _4_ = _4_

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 4 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 4.
0 + 4 = 4.
the sum for 0 + 4 = 4.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 108
_6_ + _0_ = _6_

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 0 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 0.
6 + 0 = 6.
the sum for 6 + 0 = 6.

On Your Own

Draw circles to show the number. Write the sum

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 109

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 0 = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 0.
2 + 0 = 2.
the sum for 2 + 0 = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-1

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 110

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 1 = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 1.
0 + 1 = 1.
the sum for 0 + 1 = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-2

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 111

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 6 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 6.
4 + 6 = 10.
the sum for 4 + 6 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-3

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 1 Answer Key Pdf Addition Concepts 112

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 5 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 5.
0 + 5 = 5.
the sum for 0 + 5 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-4

Question 9.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 113

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 4 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 4.
3 + 4 = 7.
the sum for 3 + 4 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-5

Question 10.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 114

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 6 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 6.
0 + 6 = 6.
the sum for 0 + 6 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-6

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
There are 5 red birds. There are 3 green birds. How many birds are blue?
__2_ bluebirds

Answer:
The number of bluebirds = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 5 red birds.
There are 3 green birds.
5 + 3 + 2 = 10.
so the number of bluebirds = 2.

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
Maya has 7 books. Eli has no books. Then Maya gives 7 books to Eli. How many books does Maya have?
__0_ books
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 115

Answer:
The number of Books Maya have = 0.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Maya has 7 books.
Eli has no books.
Then Maya gives 7 books to Eli.
7 + 7 = 0.
so the number of Books Maya have  = 0.

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Complete the addition sentence.
_7_ + _7_ = 0

Answer:
The number of Books Maya have = 0.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Maya has 7 books.
Eli has no books.
Then Maya gives 7 books to Eli.
7 + 7 = 0.
so the number of Books Maya have  = 0.

Problem Solving • Applications

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE

Generalize Write the addition sentence to solve.

Question 14.
Mike has 7 books. Cheryl does not have any books. How many books do they both have?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 116
_7_ + _0_ = _7_
_7_ books

Answer:
The number of Books they have both = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Mike has 7 books.
Cheryl does not have any books.
7 + 0 = 7.
so the number of Books they have both  = 7.

Question 15.
THINK SMARTER
There are 5 birds in all. How many birds are in the bird house?
_5_ birds
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 117

Answer:
The number of birds in the birdhouse = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 5 birds in all.
5 + 0 = 5.
so the number of birds in the birdhouse  = 5.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
There are no dogs in the park. Then 5 dogs come to the park. How many dogs are in the park now?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 118
_5_ dogs

Answer:
The number of dogs in the park now = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are no dogs in the park.
Then 5 dogs come to the park.
0 + 5 = 5.
so the number of dogs in the park now = 5.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write the numbers 0 to 9 on small squares of paper. Shuffle and place the cards facedown. Have your child turn over the top card and add zero to that number. Say the sum. Repeat the activity for each card.

Algebra • Add Zero Homework & Practice 1.5

Draw circles to show the number. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 119

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 5 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 5.
0 + 5 = 5.
the sum for 0 + 5 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-4

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 120

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 3.
1 + 3 = 4.
the sum for 1 + 3 = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-7

Problem Solving

Write the addition sentence to solve.

Question 3.
6 turtles swim. No turtles join them. How many turtles are there now?
_6_ + _0_ = _6_
_6_ turtles

Answer:
The number of turtles = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 6 turtles and 0 more turtle.
6 + 0 = 6.
so the number of turtles = 6.

Question 4.
WRITE MATH
Use pictures and numbers to show 8 + 0.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 121

Answer:
The sum for 8 + 0 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 8 and 0.
8 + 0 = 8.
the sum for 8 + 0 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-8

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Draw Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 122 to show each addend. Write the sum. What is the sum for 0 + 4?
0 + 4 = _4_

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 4 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 4.
0 + 4 = 4.
the sum for 0 + 4 = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-9

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Complete the model and the number sentence. There are 4 goats in the barn. 3 more goats join them. How many goats are in the barn now?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 123
4 + 3 = _7_

Answer:
The number of goats in the barn = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 4 goats in the barn.
3 more goats join them.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of goats in the barn = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-10

Question 3.
Write the number sentence and how many. There are 7 blue crayons and 1 yellow crayon. How many crayons are there?
_8_ crayons
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 124

Answer:
The number of crayons = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 7 blue crayons and 1 yellow crayon.
7 + 1 = 8.
so the number of crayons = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.5-11

Question 4.
Draw the Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 125 Write the sum. What is the sum of 3 and 3?
3 + 3 = _6_

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 3 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 3.
3 + 3 = 6.
the sum for 3 + 3 = 6.

Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.2-5

Lesson 1.6 Algebra • Add in Any Order

Essential Question
Why can you add addends in any order?

Listen and Draw
Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 126 to model the addition sentence. Draw to show your work.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Look for Structure Explain how 2 + 3 = 5 is the same as 3 + 2 = 5. How is it different?

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 127 to add. Color to match. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 127.1

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 3.
2 + 3 = 5.
the sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 2 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 2.
3 + 2 = 5.
the sum for 3 + 2 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-1

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 128

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 4.
2 + 4 = 6.
the sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 2.
4 + 2 = 6.
the sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-2

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 129

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 1 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 1.
4 + 1 = 5.
the sum for 4 + 1 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 4 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 4.
1 + 4 = 5.
the sum for 1 + 4 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-3

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Look for Structure Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 130. Write the sum. Circle the addition sentences in each row that have the same addends in a different order.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 130.1

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.
The sum for 2 + 1 = 3.
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.
The sum for 2 + 1 = 3.
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-4

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 131

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-5

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Choose addends to complete the addition sentence. Change the order. Write the numbers.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 132

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 5 = 10.
The sum for 6 + 4 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 5 + 5 = 10.
The sum for 6 + 4 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-6

Question 7.
GO DEEPER
Write two addition sentences that tell about the picture.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 133

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-7

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Draw pictures to match the addition sentences. Write the sum.

Question 8.
2 + 6 = _8_
6 + 2 = _8_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 6 = 8.
The sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 2 + 6 = 8.
The sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Question 9.
1 + 5 = _6_
5 + 1 = _6_

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Draw lines to match the same addends in a different order.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 134

Answer:
The sum for 7 + 3 = 10.
The sum for 3 + 6 = 9.
The sum for 4 + 6 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 7 + 3 = 10.
The sum for 3 + 6 = 9.
The sum for 4 + 6 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-8

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to use small objects of the same kind to show 2 + 4 and 4 + 2 and then explain to you why the sums are the same. Repeat with other addition sentences.

Algebra • Add in Any Order Homework & Practice 1.6

Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 135 Write the sum. Circle the addition sentences in each row that have the same addends in a different order.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 136

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.
The sum for 3 + 1 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.
The sum for 3 + 1 = 4.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 137

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.
The sum for 3 + 2 = 5.
The sum for 0 + 5 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.
The sum for 3 + 2 = 5.
The sum for 0 + 5 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-9

Question 3
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 138

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.
The sum for 3 + 3 = 6.
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.
The sum for 3 + 3 = 6.
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Problem Solving

Draw pictures to match the addition sentences. Write the sums.

Question 4.
5 + 2 = _7_
2 + 5 = _7_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 5 = 7.
The sum for 5 + 2 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 2 + 5 = 7.
The sum for 5 + 2 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-12

Question 5.
WRITE Math
Use pictures and numbers to show how to add 3 + 1 in any order.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 139

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.
The sum for 3 + 1 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 1 + 3 = 4.
The sum for 3 + 1 = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-13

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Circle the addition sentences in the row that have the same addends in a different order.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 140

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
The sum for 6 + 1 = 7.
The sum for 1 + 6 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 1 + 5 = 6.
The sum for 6 + 1 = 7.
The sum for 1 + 6 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-10

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Draw to show the numbers. Write the sum. What is the sum?
0 + 2 = _2_

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 2 = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 2.
0 + 2 = 2.
the sum for 0 + 2 = 2.

Question 3.
Write the number sentence and how many. There are 5 long strings and 3 short strings. How many strings are there?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 141.1

Answer:
The number of strings = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 5 long strings and 3 short strings.
5 + 3 = 8.
so the number of strings = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-11

Question 4.
Draw the Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 142. Write the sum. What is the sum of 6 and 2?
6 + 2 = _8_

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 2.
6 + 2 = 8.
the sum for 6 + 2 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.6-14

Lesson 1.7 Algebra • Put Together Numbers to 10

Essential Question
How can you show all the ways to make a number?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 143 to show all the ways to make 5. Color to show your work.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 144

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 4 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 4.
1 + 4 = 5.
the sum for 1 + 4 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 3.
2 + 3 = 5.
the sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 2 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 2.
3 + 2 = 5.
the sum for 3 + 2 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 1 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 1.
4 + 1 = 5.
the sum for  4 + 1 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 5 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 5.
0 + 5 = 5.
the sum for 0 + 5 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 0 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 0.
5 + 0 = 5.
the sum for  5 + 0 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-1

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

How do you know you showed all the ways? Explain.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 145 Color to show how to make 9. Complete the addition sentences.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 146

Answer:
The sum for 7 + 2 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 7 and 2.
7 + 2 = 9.
the sum for 7 + 2 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-2

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 147
9 = _6_ + _3__

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 3 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 3.
6 + 3 = 9.
the sum for 6 + 3 = 9.

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 148
9 = _5_ + _4__

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 4 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 4.
5 + 4 = 9.
the sum for 5 + 4 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-3

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 149
9 = _4_ + _5__

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 5.
4 + 5 = 9.
the sum for 4 + 5 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-4

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 150
9 = _3_ + _6__

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 6 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 6.
3 + 6 = 9.
the sum for 3 + 6 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-5

Question 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 151
9 = __2 + __7_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 7 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 7.
2 + 7 = 9.
the sum for 2 + 7 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-6

Question 9.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 152
9 = _1_ + _8__

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 8 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 8.
1 + 8 = 9.
the sum for 1 + 8 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-7

Question 10.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 153
9 = _9_ + __0_

Answer:
The sum for 9 + 0 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 9 and 0.
9 + 0 = 9.
the sum for 9 + 0 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-8

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Generalize Use Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 153.1. Color to show ways to make 10. Complete the addition sentences.

Question 11.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 154

Question 12.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 155
10 = _1__ + _9__

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 9 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 9.
1 + 9 = 10.
the sum for 1 + 9 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-9

Question 13.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 156
10 = _2__ + _8__

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 8 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 8.
2 + 8 = 10.
the sum for 2 + 8 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-10

Question 14.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 157
10 = _3__ + __7_

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 7 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 7.
3 + 7 = 10.
the sum for 3 + 7 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-11

Question 15.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 158
10 = __4_ + _6__

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 6 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 10.
4 + 6 = 10.
the sum for 4 + 6 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-12

Question 16.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 159
10 = _5__ + _5__

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 5 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 5.
5 + 5 = 10.
the sum for 5 + 5 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-13

Question 17.
THINK SMARTER
Zach has 6 rocks. He places some in a box and some in a bag. Draw two ways he can place the rocks.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 160

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 18.
THINK SMARTER
I have 8 marbles. Some are red. Some are blue. How many of each could I have? Find and write as many ways as you can.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 161

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 8 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 8.
0 + 8 = 8.
the sum for 0 + 8 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 7.
1 + 7 = 8.
the sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 6 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 6.
2 + 6 = 8.
the sum for 2 + 6 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 7.
1 + 7 = 8.
the sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 2.
6 + 2 = 8.
the sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 5 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 5.
3 + 5 = 8.
the sum for 3 + 5 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 4 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 4.
4 + 4 = 8.
the sum for 4 + 4 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-14

Question 19.
THINK SMARTER
Color two ways to make 7.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 162

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 5.
2 + 5 = 7.
the sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 2 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 2.
5 + 2 = 7.
the sum for 5 + 2 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-15

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write 6 = 6 + 0. Model the problem with small objects. Ask your child to make 6 another way. Take turns until you and your child model all of the ways to make 6.

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 6 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 6.
0 + 6 = 6.
the sum for 0 + 6 = 6.

Algebra • Put Together Numbers to 10 Homework & Practice 1.7

Use Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 163. Color to show how to make 8. Complete the addition sentences.

Question 1.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 163.1

Question 2.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 164
8 = _1__ + _7__

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 7.
1 + 7 = 8.
the sum for 1 + 7 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-16

Question 3.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 165
8 = _2__ + _6_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 6 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 6.
2 + 6 = 8.
the sum for 2 + 6 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-17

Question 4.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 166
8 = _3__ + _5__

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 5 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 5.
3 + 5 = 8.
the sum for 3 + 5 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-18

Question 5.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 167
8 = _4__ + _4__

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 4 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 4.
4 + 4 = 8.
the sum for 4 + 4 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-19

Question 6.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 168
8 = _5__ + __3_

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 3 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 3.
5 + 3 = 8.
the sum for 5 + 3 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-20

Question 7.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 169
8 = __6_ + _8__

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 2 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 2.
6 + 2 = 8.
the sum for 6 + 2 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-21

Question 8.
WRITE Math
Use pictures and numbers to show all the ways to make 3.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 170

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 0 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 0.
3 + 0 = 3.
the sum for 3 + 0 = 3.

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 1 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 1.
2 + 1 = 3.
the sum for 2 + 1 = 3.

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 2.
1 + 2 = 3.
the sum for 1 + 2 = 3.

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 3 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 3.
0 + 3 = 3.
the sum for 0 + 3 = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-22

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Show three different ways to make 10.
10 = _4_ + __6_ 10 = _6_ + _4_ 10 = _5_ + _5__

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 6 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 10.
4 + 6 = 10.
the sum for 4 + 6 = 10.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 5 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 5.
5 + 5 = 10.
the sum for 5 + 5 = 10.

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 4 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 4.
6 + 4 = 10.
the sum for 6 + 4 = 10.

Question 2.
Show three different ways to make 6.
6 = _2__ + _4__ 6 = _4_ + _2__ 6 = _3_ + _3__

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 4.
2 + 4 = 6.
the sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 2.
4 + 2 = 6.
the sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 3 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 3.
3 + 3 = 6.
the sum for 3 + 3 = 6.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Circle the number sentences that show the same addends in a different order.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 173

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.
The sum for 2 + 4 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.
The sum for 2 + 4 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-23

Question 4.
What is the sum for 2 + 0? Write the sum.
2 + 0 = _2_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 0 = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 0.
2 + 0 = 2.
the sum for 2 + 0 = 2.

Question 5.
Complete the model and the number sentence. 3 rabbits sit in the grass. 4 more rabbits join them. How many rabbits are there now?
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 174
3 + 4 = _7_
_7_ rabbits

Answer:
The number of rabbits = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 rabbits sit in the grass.
4 more rabbits join them.
3 + 4 = 7.
so the number of rabbits = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.7-24

Lesson 1.8 Addition to 10

Essential Question
Why are some addition facts easy to add?

Listen and Draw

Draw a picture to show the problem. Then write the addends and the sum in two ways.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 175

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 2.
1 + 2 = 3.
the sum for 1 + 2 = 3.

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 3 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 3.
0 + 3 = 3.
the sum for 0 + 3 = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-1

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Look for Structure Why is the sum the same when you add across or down?

Model and Draw

Write the addition problem.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 176

Answer:
The number of bees = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 bees and 2 more bees.
2 + 2 = 4.
so the number of bees = 4.

Answer:
The number of flower pots = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 blue flower pots and 4 more purple flowerpots.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of flower pots = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-2

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write the addition problem.

Question 1.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 177

Answer:
The number of flowers = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 white flowers and 4 pink flowers.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of flowers = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-3

Question 2.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 178

Answer:
The number of bees = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 bees and 3 more bees.
2 + 3 = 5.
so the number of bees = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-4

Question 3.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 179

Answer:
The number of ants = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 5 ants and 1 more ant.
5 + 1 = 6.
so the number of ants = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-5

Question 4.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 180

Answer:
The number of leaves = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 8 green leaves and 2 more leaves.
8 + 2 = 10.
so the number of leaves = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-6

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Attend to Precision Write the sum.

Question 5.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 181

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 2 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 2.
1 + 2 = 3.
the sum for 1 + 2 = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-7

Question 6.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 182

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 2 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 2.
2 + 2 = 4.
the sum for 2 + 2 = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-8

Question 7.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 183

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 3 = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 3.
0 + 3 = 3.
the sum for 0 + 3 = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-9

Question 8.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 184

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 1 = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 1.
1 + 1 = 2.
the sum for 1 + 1 = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-10

Question 9.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 185

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 2.
4 + 2 = 6.
the sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Question 10.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 186

Answer:
The sum for 8 + 1 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 8 and 1.
8 + 1 = 9.
the sum for 8 + 1 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-12

Question 11.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 187

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 4 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 4.
0 + 4 = 4.
the sum for 0 + 4 = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-13

Question 12.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 188

Answer:
The sum for 7 + 3 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 7 and 3.
7 + 3 = 10.
the sum for 7 + 3 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-14

Question 13.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 189

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 4 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 4.
4 + 4 = 8.
the sum for 4 + 4 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-15

Question 14.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 190

Answer:
The sum for 9 + 1 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 9 and 1.
9 + 1 = 10.
the sum for 9 + 1 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-16

Question 15.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 191

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 3 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 3.
6 + 3 = 9.
the sum for 6 + 3 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-17

Question 16.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 192

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 3 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 3.
4 + 3 = 7.
the sum for 4 + 3 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-18

Question 17.
THINK SMARTER
Ella put 2 marbles in a bag. John put 3 marbles in the bag. How many marbles are in the bag?
_5_ marbles

Answer:
The number of marbles in the bag = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Ella put 2 marbles in a bag and John put 3 marbles in the bag.
2 + 3 = 5.
so the number of marbles in the bag = 5.

Question 18.
THINK SMARTER
Explain. Sam showed how he added 4 1 2. Tell how Sam could find the correct sum.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 193

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 + 1 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 2 and 1.
4 + 2 + 1 = 7.
the sum for 4 + 3 = 7.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 19.
Add. Write the sum. Use the sum and the key to color the flower.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 194

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 3 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 3.
4 + 3 = 7.
the sum for 4 + 3 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 9 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 9.
0 + 9 = 9.
the sum for 0 + 9 = 9.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 7 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 7.
3 + 7 = 10.
the sum for 3 + 7 = 10.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 5.
4 + 5 = 9.
the sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 4 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 4.
6 + 4 = 10.
the sum for 6 + 4 = 10.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 3 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 3.
5 + 3 = 8.
the sum for 5 + 3 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 5 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 5.
5 + 5 = 10.
the sum for 5 + 5 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-19

Question 20.
GO DEEPER
How many flowers are yellow or purple?
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 195

Answer:
The number of flowers = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 yellow flowers and 4 purple flowers.
4 + 3 = 7.
so the number of flowers = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-20

Question 21.
THINK SMARTER
Write the sum. Explain how you solved the problem.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 196

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 4 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 4.
5 + 4 = 9.
the sum for 5 + 4 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-21

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write addition sentences to add across. Then write addition sentences to add down. Have your child find the sum for each.

Addition to 10 Homework & Practice 1.8

Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 197

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 1 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 1.
4 + 1 = 5.
the sum for 4 + 1 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-22

Question 2.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 198

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 6 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 6.
2 + 6 = 8.
the sum for 2 + 6 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-23

Question 3.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 199

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 3 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 3.
4 + 3 = 7.
the sum for 4 + 3 = 7.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-24

Question 4.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 200

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 1 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 1.
5 + 1 = 6.
the sum for 5 + 1 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-25

Question 5.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 201

Answer:
The sum for 8 + 0 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 8 and 0.
8 + 0 = 8.
the sum for 8 + 0 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-26

Question 6.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 202

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 3.
2 + 3 = 5.
the sum for 2 + 3 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-27

Question 7.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 203

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 0 = 0.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 0.
0 + 0 = 0.
the sum for 0 + 0 = 0.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-28

Question 8.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 204

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 5 = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 5.
5 + 5 = 10.
the sum for 5 + 5 = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-29

Problem Solving

Add. Write the sum. Use the sum and the key to color the flower.

Question 9.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 205

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 5.
4 + 5 = 9.
the sum for 4 + 5 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-30

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 5.
2 + 5 = 7.
the sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 7 + 1 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 7 and 1.
7 + 1 = 8.
the sum for 7 + 1 = 8.

Question 10.
WRITE Math
Explain how knowing 1 + 7 helps you find the sum for 7 + 1.
___1__+__7_=_8__
_7__+__1_=_8____
__6 __+ 2  =  8__
__5__+_3_=_8___

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 7.
1 + 7 = 8.
the sum for 1 + 7 = 8.

Answer:
The sum for 7 + 1 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 7 and 1.
7 + 1 = 8.
the sum for 7 + 1 = 8.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the sum.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 206

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 3 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 3.
5 + 3 = 8.
the sum for 5 + 3 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-31

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Show three different ways to make 9.
9 = __4_ + _5__ 9 = _5__ + _4__ 9 = _6__ + __3_

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 5.
4 + 5 = 9.
the sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 4 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 4.
5 + 4 = 9.
the sum for 5 + 4 = 9.

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 3 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 3.
6 + 3 = 9.
the sum for 6 + 3 = 9.

Question 3.
Complete the number sentence. There are 8 large stones and 2 small stones. How many stones are there?
__10_ stones 8 + 2 = _10__

Answer:
The number of stones = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 8 large stones and 2 small stones.
8 + 2 = 10.
so the number of stones = 10.

Question 4.
Complete the number sentence. What is the sum of 2 and 2?
2 + 2 = _4_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 2 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 2.
2 + 2 = 4.
the sum for 2 + 2 = 4.

Addition Concepts Chapter Review/Test

Question 1.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 209

Answer:
The number of bears = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 bears and 1 more bears.
2 + 1 = 3.
so the number of bears = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-32

Question 2.
Write the addition problem.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 210

Answer:
The number of parrots = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 3 parrots and 2 more parrots.
3 + 2 = 5.
so the number of parrots = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-33

Question 3.
Color two ways to make 6.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 211

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 4.
2 + 4 = 6.
the sum for 2 + 4 = 6.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 2 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 2.
4 + 2 = 6.
the sum for 4 + 2 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-34

Question 4.
Choose all the pictures that show adding zero.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 212

Answer:
The sum for 0 + 6 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 0 and 6.
0 + 6 = 6.
the sum for 0 + 6 = 6.

Answer:
The sum for 6 + 0 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 6 and 0.
6 + 0 = 6.
the sum for 6 + 0 = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-35

Question 5.
Draw lines to match addition sentences with the same addends in a different order.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 213

Answer:
The sum for 8 + 2 = 10.
The sum for 2 + 7 = 9.
The sum for 4 + 5 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The sum for 8 + 2 = 10.
The sum for 2 + 7 = 9.
The sum for 4 + 5 = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-36

Use 1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 214 to show adding to. Draw the 1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 214. Write the sum.

Question 6.
2 ducks and 3 more ducks
2 + 3 = _5_

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 3.
2 + 3 = 5.
the sum for 2 + 3 = 5.

Question 7.
5 lions and 2 more lions
5 + 2 = _7_

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 2 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 2.
5 + 2 = 7.
the sum for 5 + 2 = 7.

Question 8.
Write each addition sentence in the box that shows the sum.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 215

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 4 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 4.
3 + 4 = 7.
the sum for 3 + 4 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 3 = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 3.
3 + 3 = 6.
the sum for 3 + 3 = 6.

Answer:
The sum for 5 + 3 = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 5 and 3.
5 + 3 = 8.
the sum for 5 + 3 = 8.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-37

Question 9.
GO DEEPER
Max has 5 red marbles and 4 blue marbles. Then he gets 1 more. How many marbles does Max have? Draw to show your work.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 215.1
Write how many _10_ marbles

Answer:
The number of marbles Max have = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Max has 5 red marbles and 4 blue marbles.
Then he gets 1 more.
5 + 4 + 1 = 10.
so the number of marbles Max have = 10.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-38

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
There are 2 people in the house. More people go in the house. Then there are 6 people in the house. How many people go in the house?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 216
2 + _4_ = 6

Answer:
The number of people go in the house = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 people in the house.
More people go in the house.
2 + 4 = 6.
so the number of people go in the house = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-39

Question 11.
Katie is drawing dots on cards to show ways to make 7. Draw dots for Katie.
Write addition sentences for two of the cards.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition Concepts 219

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 6 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 6.
1 + 6 = 7.
the sum for 1 + 6 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 5.
2 + 5 = 7.
the sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 3 + 4 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 3 and 4.
3 + 4 = 7.
the sum for 3 + 4 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 2 and 5.
2 + 5 = 7.
the sum for 2 + 5 = 7.

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 6 = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 6.
1 + 6 = 7.
the sum for 1 + 6 = 7.

Question 12.
Draw a model to show that 1 + 4 is the same as 4 + 1. Show how you know.

Answer:
The sum for 1 + 4 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 1 and 4.
1 + 4 = 5.
the sum for 1 + 4 = 5.

Answer:
The sum for 4 + 1 = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the sum of numbers 4 and 1.
4 + 1 = 5.
the sum for 4 + 1 = 5.
Go-Math-Grade-1-Chapter-1-Answer-Key-Addition Concepts-1.8-40

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key

Example 1.
Any Order, Any Grouping Property with Addition
a. Rewrite 5x+3x and 5x-3x by combining like terms.
Write the original expressions and expand each term using addition. What are the new expressions equivalent to?
Answer:
Engage NY Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key 1
Because both terms have the common factor of x, we can use the distributive property to create an equivalent expression.
5x+3x=(5+3)x=8x
5x-3x=(5-3)x=2x

Ask students to try to find an example (a value for x) where 5x+3x≠8x or where
5x-3x≠2x. Encourage them to use a variety of positive and negative rational numbers. Their failure to find a counterexample helps students realize what equivalence means.

In Example 1, part (b), students see that the commutative and associative properties of addition are regularly used in consecutive steps to reorder and regroup like terms so that they can be combined. Because the use of these properties does not change the value of an expression or any of the terms within the expression, the commutative and associative properties of addition can be used simultaneously. The simultaneous use of these properties is referred to as the any order, any grouping property.

b. Find the sum of 2x+1 and 5x.
Answer:
Engage NY Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key 10
7x+1 Equivalent expression to the given problem
→ Why did we use the associative and commutative properties of addition?
→ We reordered the terms in the expression to group together like terms so that they could be combined.
→ Did the use of these properties change the value of the expression? How do you know?
→ The properties did not change the value of the expression because each equivalent expression includes the same terms as the original expression, just in a different order and grouping.
→ If a sequence of terms is being added, the any order, any grouping property allows us to add those terms in any order by grouping them together in any way.
→ How can we confirm that the expressions (2x+1)+5x and 7x+1 are equivalent expressions?
→ When a number is substituted for the x in both expressions, they both should yield equal results.
The teacher and student should choose a number, such as 3, to substitute for the value of x and together check to see if both expressions evaluate to the same result.

Given Expression
((2x+1)+5x
(2∙3+1)+5∙3
(6+1)+15
(7)+15
22

Equivalent Expression?
7x+1
7∙3+1
21+1
22

→ The expressions both evaluate to 22; however, this is only one possible value of x. Challenge students to find a value for x for which the expressions do not yield the same number. Students find that the expressions evaluate to equal results no matter what value is chosen for x.
→ What prevents us from using any order, any grouping in part (c), and what can we do about it?
→ The second expression, (5a-3), involves subtraction, which is not commutative or associative; however, subtracting a number x can be written as adding the opposite of that number. So, by changing subtraction to addition, we can use any order and any grouping.

c. Find the sum of -3a+2 and 5a-3.
Answer:
(-3a+2)+(5a-3) Original expression
-3a+2+5a+(-3) Add the opposite (additive inverse)
-3a+5a+2+(-3) Any order, any grouping
2a+(-1) Combined like terms (Stress to students that the expression is not yet simplified.)
2a-1 Adding the inverse is subtracting.

→ What was the only difference between this problem and those involving all addition?
→ We first had to rewrite subtraction as addition; then, this problem was just like the others.

Example 2.
Any Order, Any Grouping with Multiplication
Find the product of 2x and 3.
Answer:
Engage NY Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key 18

→ Why did we use the associative and commutative properties of multiplication?

We reordered the factors to group together the numbers so that they could be multiplied.

→ Did the use of these properties change the value of the expression? How do you know?

→ The properties did not change the value of the expression because each equivalent expression includes the same factors as the original expression, just in a different order or grouping.

→ If a product of factors is being multiplied, the any order, any grouping property allows us to multiply those factors in any order by grouping them together in any way.

Example 3.
Any Order, Any Grouping in Expressions with Addition and Multiplication
Use any order, any grouping to write equivalent expressions.
a. 3(2x)
Answer:
(3∙2)x
6x

b. 4y(5)
Answer:
(4∙5)y
20y

c. 4∙2∙z
Answer:
(4∙2)z
8z

d. 3(2x)+4y(5)
Answer:
Engage NY Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key 19
(3∙2)x+(4∙5)y
6x+20y

e. 3(2x)+4y(5)+4∙2∙z
Answer:
Engage NY Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key 20
(3∙2)x+(4∙5)y+(4∙2)z
6x+20y+8z

f. Alexander says that 3x+4y is equivalent to (3)(4)+xy because of any order, any grouping. Is he correct? Why or why not?

Encourage students to substitute a variety of positive and negative rational numbers for x and y because in order for the expressions to be equivalent, the expressions must evaluate to equal numbers for every substitution of numbers into all the letters in both expressions.

Alexander is incorrect; the expressions are not equivalent because if we, for example, let x=-2 and let
y=-3, then we get the following:
Engage NY Math 7th Grade Module 3 Lesson 1 Example Answer Key 21
-18≠18, so the expressions cannot be equivalent.

→ What can be concluded as a result of part (f)?
→ Any order, any grouping cannot be used to mix multiplication with addition. Numbers and letters that are factors within a given term must remain factors within that term.

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Problem Set Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Problem Set Answer Key

For Problems 1–9, write equivalent expressions by combining like terms. Verify the equivalence of your expression and the given expression by evaluating each for the given values: a=2, b=5, and c=-3.

Question 1.
3a+5a
Answer:
8a
8(2)
16

3(2)+5(2)
6+10
16

Question 2.
8b – 4b
Answer:
4b
4(5)
20

8(5)-4(5)
40-20
20

Question 3.
5c+4c+c
10c
10(-3)
-30

5(-3)+4(-3)+(-3)
-15+(-12)+(-3)
-27+(-3)
-30

Question 4.
3a+6+5a
8a+6
8(2)+6
16+6
22

3(2)+6+5(2)
6+6+10
12+10
22

Question 5.
8b + 8 – 4b
4b+8
4(5)+8
20+8
28

8(5)+8-4(5)
40+8-20
48-20
28

Question 6.
2c
2(-3)
-6

5(-3)-4(-3)+(-3)
-15+(-4(-3))+(-3)
-15+(12)+(-3)
-3+(-3)
-6

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Question 1.
Write an equivalent expression to 2x+3+5x+6 by combining like terms.
Answer:
2x+3+5x+6
2x+5x+3+6
7x+9

Question 2.
Find the sum of (8a+2b-4) and (3b-5).
Answer:
(8a+2b-4)+(3b-5)
8a+2b+(-4)+3b+(-5)
8a+2b+3b+(-4)+(-5)
8a+(5b)+(-9)
8a+5b-9

Question 3.
Write the expression in standard form: 4(2a)+7(-4b)+(3∙c∙5).
Answer:
(4∙2)a+(7∙(-4))b+(3∙5)c
8a+(-28)b+15c
8a-28b+15c

Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Opening Exercise Answer Key

Each envelope contains a number of triangles and a number of quadrilaterals. For this exercise, let t represent the number of triangles, and let q represent the number of quadrilaterals.
a. Write an expression using t and q that represents the total number of sides in your envelope. Explain what the terms in your expression represent.
Answer:
3t+4q. Triangles have 3 sides, so there will be 3 sides for each triangle in the envelope. This is represented by 3t. Quadrilaterals have 4 sides, so there will be 4 sides for each quadrilateral in the envelope. This is represented by 4q. The total number of sides will be the number of triangle sides and the number of quadrilateral sides together.

b. You and your partner have the same number of triangles and quadrilaterals in your envelopes. Write an expression that represents the total number of sides that you and your partner have. If possible, write more than one expression to represent this total.
Answer:
3t+4q+3t+4q; 2(3t+4q); 6t+8q

c. Each envelope in the class contains the same number of triangles and quadrilaterals. Write an expression that represents the total number of sides in the room.
Answer:
Answer depends on the number of students in the classroom. For example, if there are 12 students in the classroom, the expression would be 12(3t+4q), or an equivalent expression

d. Use the given values of t and q and your expression from part (a) to determine the number of sides that should be found in your envelope.
Answer:
3t+4q
3(4)+4(2)
12+8
20
There should be 20 sides contained in my envelope.

e. Use the same values for t and q and your expression from part (b) to determine the number of sides that should be contained in your envelope and your partner’s envelope combined.
Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Opening Exercise Answer Key 22
My partner and I have a combined total of 40 sides.

f. Use the same values for t and q and your expression from part (c) to determine the number of sides that should be contained in all of the envelopes combined.
Answer:
Answer will depend on the seat size of your classroom. Sample responses for a class size of 12:
Eureka Math Grade 7 Module 3 Lesson 1 Opening Exercise Answer Key 23
For a class size of 12 students, there should be 240 sides in all of the envelopes combined.

g. What do you notice about the various expressions in parts (e) and (f)?
Answer:
The expressions in part (e) are all equivalent because they evaluate to the same number: 40. The expressions in part (f) are all equivalent because they evaluate to the same number: 240. The expressions themselves all involve the expression 3t+4q in different ways. In part (e), 3t+3t is equivalent to 6t, and 4q+4q is equivalent to 8q. There appear to be several relationships among the representations involving the commutative, associative, and distributive properties.